Environmental Impact Assessment Report

EIA Report

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

For

Proposed Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project, Creation of necessary facility for origination of Koyali – Ahmednagar – Sholapur pipeline (KAHSPL) & installation of Tank Truck Loading facility (TTL) for linear Alkyl Benzene and laying of 9 Piggable, dedicated hydrocarbon service cross country pipelines (Including LPG supply and return) between refinery and Dumad in the existing Right of Way (ROW)

AT Village: Dumad Taluk: Vadodara District: Vadodara State: Gujarat

[Project termed under Schedule 4(a) & 5(c) Category ‘A’ – Petroleum Refining Industry as per EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendments]

Submitted by:

INDIAN OIL CORPORATION LIMITED, GUJARAT REFINERY (IOCL GUJARAT REFINERY)

EIA CONSULTANT:

(NABET Accredited vide Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 & MoEF Recognized Lab vide F. No. Q-15018/29/2007-CPW) HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LTD, CHENNAI

June 2019

EIA Report

Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd Client: M/s Indian Oil Corporation Limited Project: Obtaining Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC Project No.:

Title: Proposed Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project, Creation of Docu Rev.: necessary facility for origination of Koyali – Ahmednagar – ment No 6 Sholapur pipeline (KAHSPL) & installation of Tank Truck Loading facility (TTL) for linear Alkyl Benzene and laying of 9 Piggable, dedicated hydrocarbon service cross country pipelines (Including LPG supply and return) between refinery and Dumad in the existing Right of Way (ROW) This document is the property of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd. File path: D:\Harsha vardhan\ONGC_Karaikal\EIA reports\Final EIA and must not be passed on to any person or body not authorised by us to receive it nor be copied or otherwise made use of either in full or in part by such person or body without our prior permission in writing. Notes: DRAFT FINAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

Doc. 1: EIA for PH Submission Prepared Checked Approved Rev. Date Details Name Sign. Name Sign. Name Sign. Draft 0 22-02-2018 EIA Harsha Vardhan M/s IOC report Sheetal Sahare Draft Harsha Vardhan 1 16-04-2018 M/s IOC EIA Peter Sahay Varadarajan Sheetal Sahare Draft Harsha Vardhan 2 26-09-2018 M/s IOC EIA Peter Sahay Varadarajan Draft Dr. J R 3 25-10-2018 EIA for B Harsha Vaerdhan NVK Moses PH Final Dr. J R 4 08-02-2018 EIA for B Harsha Vardhan M/s IOC Moses PH Final 5 25-05-2018 EIA for B Harsha Vardhan EC Final 6 25-05-2018 EIA for B Harsha Vardhan EC

EIA Report

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization

I, Dr. J R Moses hereby, confirm that the below mentioned experts prepared the EIA/EMP for the “Proposed Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project, Creation of necessary facility for origination of Koyali – Ahmednagar – Sholapur pipeline (KAHSPL) & installation of Tank Truck Loading facility (TTL) for linear Alkyl Benzene and laying of 9 Piggable, dedicated hydrocarbon service cross country pipelines (Including LPG supply and return) between refinery and Dumad in the existing Right of Way (ROW)”, at Dumad near Gujarat Refinery also confirms that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Date: 28-06-2019

Name: Dr. J.R Moses

Designation: CEO

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai.

NABET Certificate No & Validity: NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 &13.10.19.

EIA Report

Declaration of Experts contributing to the EIA

I hereby certify that I was involved in the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA with the support of the following Team Members.

EIA Co-ordinator Team Member

Name: Dr. J R Moses Name: B Harsha Vardhan

Signature: Signature:

Date: 28-06-2019 Date: 28-06-2019

Contact Information: Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., # A-21, Phase III, Behind Lions Club School, Thiru-vi-ka Industrial Area, Guindy, Chennai –600032. Tamil Nadu, India. Email: [email protected] Website: www.hecs.in

Functional Area Experts (FAEs):

S. Functional Duration of Name of the Expert Signature No. Areas Involvement Dr. J R Moses Dec 2017 till date FAE Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Dec 2017 till date

Mr. Abhishek Dec 2017 till date 1. AP Mr. Tamil Selvan Dec 2017 till date TM

Mr. B Harsha Vardhan Dec 2017 till date

Dec 2017 till April Mr. S.S. Peter Sahay 2019 Dr. J R Moses Dec 2017 till date FAE AQ Mr. B Harsha Vardhan Dec 2017 till date 2.

TM Mr. Abhishek Dec 2017 till date TM Mr. Tamil Selvan Dec 2017 till date

EIA Report

Mr. S.S. Peter Sahay Dec 2017 till date Dr. J R Moses Dec 2017 till date FAE Dec 2017 till date Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru Mr. Chengalvarayan Dec 2017 till date

3. WP Mr. Abhishek Dec 2017 till date TM Dec 2017 till April Mr. S.S. Peter Sahay 2019 Mrs. Sheetal Jan 2018 till date

Mr. A. Manoharan Dec 2017 till date

FAE Dec 2017 till date 4. SHW Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru

Mrs T. Rajani (HW) Dec 2017 till date

5. SE FAE Mr. V. Dhivakar Dec 2017 till date

Mr. A. Manoharan Dec 2017 till date

FAE Dr. Rajkumar Samuel Dec 2017 till date 6. EB Mr. Tamil Selvan Dec 2017 till date TM Mrs. Sheetal Jan 2018 till date

7. HG FAE Mr. Mallikarjuna Rao Dec 2017 till date

Mr. Brijesh Kumar Dec 2017 till date

FAE Mr. Vamsee Krishna Navooru. Dec 2017 till date

8. N Mr. N. Varadharajan Dec 2017 till date

Mr. B Harsha Vardhan Dec 2017 till date TM Dec 2017 till April Mr. S.S. Peter Sahay 2019 Mr. Venkateswarlu Dec 2017 till date 9. LU FAE Mr. N. Varadharajan Dec 2017 till date

FAE Dr. J R Moses Dec 2017 till date

Dec 2017 till date 10. RH TM Mr. Abhishek. Mr. B Harsha Vardhan Dec 2017 till date

EIA Report

AP - Air pollution monitoring, prevention and control AQ - Meteorology, air quality modeling and prediction EB - Ecology and biodiversity HG - Hydrology, ground water and water conservation LU - Land use N - Noise & Vibration RH - Risk assessment and hazards management SC - Soil conservation SE - Socio-economics SHW - Solid and hazardous waste management WP - Water pollution monitoring, prevention and control

EIA Report

Acknowledgement

The following personnel are gratefully acknowledged for their fullest support in collection, compilation of needful data regarding the project and kind cooperation in fulfilling the report on Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of M/s. Indian Oil Corporation Limited.

M/s. Indian Oil Corporation Limited

1. Anil Kukreja- Chief General Manager (Marketing)

2. Soumitra Ray Choudhuri- Dy. General Manager (HSE)

3. Padmasha Yadav - Assistant Manager (Process)

4. Anmol Dupare - Assistant Manager, Health Safety Environment,

5. Anuj Katiyar - Manager (HSE)

6. Biju Shah – Senior Technical Services Manager

7. I.B patel, Deputy General Manager (Technical Services)

8. Atul Kumar Senior Technical Services Manager

9. Rakesh Gupta - Process Manager

10. A. H Tiwari Sr. Manager (LPG-Safety)

11. Megha Suhjani – PSM (PS-PJ)

12. Ramachandran A -Assistant Manager (RC)

EIA Report

Contents

1 Introduction ...... 49 1.1 Introduction ...... 49 1.2 EIA Requirement ...... 50 1.3 Methodology adopted for the study ...... 50 1.3.1 Objectives of the EIA Report ...... 50 1.3.2 Scope of Work ...... 51 2 Project Description ...... 59 2.1 Type of Project...... 59 2.2 Need of the project ...... 59 2.3 Site Location ...... 60 2.4 Existing Environmental Setup ...... 66 2.5 Project Cost ...... 70 2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation ...... 70 2.7 Project Details ...... 70 2.7.1 Existing Facility Description LPG Terminal ...... 70 2.7.1.1 Bottling Plant ...... 71 2.7.1.2 Cylinder Filling & Storage Area ...... 72 2.7.1.3 Tank Truck Loading Bay ...... 72 2.7.2 Existing Facility IOTL White Oil Terminal ...... 72 2.7.3 Existing Utilities: ...... 72 2.7.3.1 Existing pipelines from JR to Dumad ...... 74 2.7.3.2 Gas Monitoring System ...... 74 2.7.3.3 Fire protection system ...... 74 2.7.4 Proposed Facility ...... 77 2.7.4.1 Proposed facilities for Creation of necessary facility for origination of Koyali – Ahmednagar – Sholapur pipeline (KAhSPL) ...... 77 2.7.4.2 Proposed facilities for Creation installation of Tank truck loading facility (TTL) for linear Alkyl Benzene and laying of 9 Piggable, dedicated hydrocarbon service cross country pipelines in the existing Right of way (RoW) ...... 81 2.7.4.3 Proposed facilities for Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project ...... 82

EIA Report

2.7.5 Sulfer Balance ...... 84 2.8 Plot area ...... 85 2.8.1 Site Photographs ...... 85 2.8.2 Land Area Breakup...... 88 2.9 Process Description ...... 93 2.9.1 Process Description For AA/AE Plant ...... 93 2.9.1.1 Process description ...... 93 2.9.1.2 Process Introduction ...... 93 2.9.1.3 Basis of Reaction ...... 93 2.9.1.4 Oxidation of Propylene and Acrolein ...... 93 2.9.1.5 Process Features ...... 95 2.9.1.5.1 Acrylic Acid Section ...... 95 2.9.1.5.2 Acrylates Section ...... 96 2.9.1.5.3 Stable Operation ...... 96 2.9.1.6 Process Description ...... 97 2.9.1.6.1 Configuration of sections ...... 97 2.9.2 Steam generation and Power ...... 103 2.9.3 Nitrogen Plant: ...... 104 2.9.4 Plant and Instrument Air System ...... 108 2.10 Water requirements ...... 109 2.11 Project schedule ...... 113 2.12 Air Pollution Control Measures ...... 113 2.13 Green Belt ...... 113 2.14 Power and Fuel Requirements ...... 114 2.15 Manpower ...... 115 2.16 Water Pollution Control Measures ...... 115 2.17 Solid waste Management ...... 128 2.18 Hazardous Waste Management...... 128 3 Description of Environment ...... 131 3.1 Preamble ...... 131

EIA Report

3.2 Study Area ...... 131 3.3 Description of the Study Area...... 132 3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas ...... 135 3.5 Physical Conditions ...... 138 3.5.1 PIA District Profile ...... 138 3.5.2 Climatic Conditions ...... 139 3.5.3 Natural Resources of Vadodara District ...... 139 3.5.3.1 Flora & Fauna ...... 139 3.5.3.2 Forest Resources ...... 140 3.5.3.3 Irrigation ...... 141 3.5.3.4 Agricultural resources ...... 142 3.5.3.5 Mineral Resources ...... 143 3.5.3.6 Land Use & Land Cover ...... 146 3.5.4 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area ...... 148 3.5.5 Topography ...... 151 3.5.6 Geology of PIA District ...... 154 3.5.7 Geomorphology of PIA District ...... 155 3.5.8 Hydrogeology of PIA District ...... 158 3.5.9 Drainage Pattern in PIA District ...... 160 3.5.10 Soils in PIA District ...... 163 3.5.11 Natural Hazards in PIA District ...... 164 3.5.12 Seismicity ...... 165 3.6 Air Environment ...... 167 3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions ...... 167 3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection ...... 167 3.6.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data ...... 167 3.6.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period ...... 169 3.6.5 Meteorological data during Study Period...... 170 3.6.6 Atmospheric Inversion ...... 171 3.7 Ambient Air Quality...... 171

EIA Report

3.7.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations ...... 172 3.7.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency ...... 174 3.7.2.1 Results and Discussions...... 175 3.7.2.2 Observations ...... 179 3.8 Noise Environment ...... 179 3.8.1 Results and Discussions ...... 179 3.8.2 Observations ...... 180 3.9 Water Environment...... 182 3.9.1 Surface Water Resources ...... 182 3.9.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment ...... 182 3.9.2.1 Results and Discussions ...... 188 3.10 Ground water resources ...... 188 3.10.1 Ground water Quality ...... 189 3.10.1.1 Results and Discussions ...... 194 3.11 Soil as a resource and its Quality ...... 195 3.11.1.1 Results and Discussions ...... 198 3.12 Biological Environment ...... 199 3.12.1 Terrestrial Flora ...... 201 3.12.2 Medicinal plants ...... 202 3.12.3 Terrestrial Fauna ...... 206 3.12.4 Birds ...... 208 3.12.5 Aquatic Ecosystem ...... 209 3.13 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influenced Area ...... 210 3.13.1 Socio Economic Aspects ...... 210 3.13.2 Employment and Livelihood...... 212 3.13.3 Education Facilities...... 212 3.13.4 Health Facilities ...... 213 3.13.5 Industrial Scenario ...... 213 3.13.6 Social Economic Profile of the study area ...... 214 3.13.7 Industrialization within the study area ...... 218

EIA Report

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES ...... 221 4.1 Introduction ...... 221 4.2 Proposed Project Activities ...... 221 4.3 Construction phase ...... 221 4.3.1 Impacts during Construction Phase ...... 222 4.3.2 Mitigation Measures for Construction Phase...... 222 4.4 Operation phase ...... 228 4.4.1 Impacts during operational phase ...... 228 4.5 Air Environment ...... 228 4.5.1 Meteorological data ...... 229 4.5.2 AERMET Process ...... 229 4.5.3 AERMOD Process ...... 230 4.5.4 Impacts due to Traffic and Transportation ...... 237 4.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT ...... 238 4.6.1 Impact ...... 238 4.6.2 Mitigation Measure ...... 238 4.7 Water Environment...... 239 4.7.1 Impacts on surface water bodies ...... 240 4.7.2 Impacts due to wastewater generation ...... 241 4.7.3 Waste water quality, quantity and treatment method ...... 241 4.8 Land Environment ...... 243 4.8.1 Potential Impact due to location ...... 243 4.8.2 Impacts due to Changes in Land Use Pattern ...... 243 4.8.3 Potential Impact due to Construction ...... 243 4.8.4 Impact on Local Infrastructure ...... 244 4.8.5 Potential Impact due to Operation...... 245 4.8.6 Impacts-Soil Contamination ...... 245 4.9 Flora & Fauna ...... 245 4.9.1 Potential Impacts during Construction ...... 245 4.9.2 Potential Impacts During Operational stage ...... 246

EIA Report

4.10 Solid waste management ...... 247 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ...... 249 5.1 Introduction ...... 249 5.2 Site Alternative...... 249 5.3 Water supply alternative ...... 249 5.4 Technology alternative ...... 249 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ...... 252 6.1 Introduction ...... 252 6.2 Environmental Effects Monitoring in EIA ...... 252 6.2.1 Post Project Environment Monitoring Program ...... 253 6.2.2 Monitoring Methodologies ...... 254 6.3 Reporting & Documentation ...... 255 6.4 Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan...... 255 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES ...... 258 7.1 Public Consultation...... 258 7.2 Risk Assessment ...... 261 7.3 ToR Issued by MoEF ...... 262 7.4 Copy of Standard ToR for 4(a) and 5(c) Sectors ...... 266 7.5 ToR Compliance ...... 279 8 PROJECT BENEFITS ...... 297 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN...... 300 9.1 Introduction ...... 300 9.2 Objectives Of Emp ...... 300 9.3 Emp Structure And Organization ...... 301 9.4 Emp Roles And Responsibilities ...... 303 9.5 Environmental Management Plan For Construction Phase ...... 304 9.5.1 Air Quality ...... 305 9.5.2 Noise Environment ...... 305 9.5.3 Water Quality and Water Resources ...... 306 9.5.4 Solid Waste ...... 306

EIA Report

9.5.5 Land Environment ...... 306 9.5.6 Material Handling Storage and Transportation ...... 306 9.5.7 Ecology ...... 307 9.5.8 Socio Economic ...... 309 9.6 Environmental Management Plan For Operation Phase ...... 309 9.6.1 Air Quality Management ...... 309 9.6.3 Water and waste water management ...... 310 9.7 Occupational Health and Safety...... 312 9.7.1 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments ...... 314 9.7.2 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator ...... 315 9.7.3 Proposed safety system ...... 315 9.7.3.1 Fire Hydrant system ...... 315 9.7.4 Occupational Health Monitoring ...... 320 9.8 Environmental Management Cell ...... 321 9.9 Corporate Environmental Policy...... 321 9.10 Budgetary Provision for Environmental Management Plan ...... 325 9.11 Corporate Social Responsibility ...... 325 10 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE ...... 327 10.1 Applicability of Environmental Clearance ...... 327 10.2 Consent for Existing Operation ...... 327 11 Summary and conclusion ...... 329 12 Disclosure of Consultants ...... 344 12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS) ...... 344 12.2 Quality Policy of HECS ...... 345 12.3 QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation ...... 346 12.4 Copy of QCI NABET Accreditation ...... 347

EIA Report

List of Tables

Table 2-1 Geographical coordinates of the project site ...... 60 Table 2-2 Existing Environemental Setup of the study region ...... 66 Table 2-3 List of major Industries within 10km Radius from the project site ...... 66 Table 2-4 Sulfer balance for Proposed Facility ...... 84 Table 2-5 Land use planning of the Project Site ...... 88 Table 2-6 Existing and Proposed Water Requirements...... 110 Table 3-1:Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary ...... 135 Table 3-2 Tree Outside Forest in Vadodara district ...... 141 Table 3-3 Tree population in Vadodara district ...... 141 Table 3-4 District land use/land cover statistics (2011-12) for Vadodara district ...... 146 Table 3-5: Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area ...... 149 Table 3-6 Climatological Summary – Baroda (A) (1971-2000) ...... 168 Table 3-7: Meteorology Data for the Study Period ...... 170 Table 3-8: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ...... 172 Table 3-9: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters ...... 174 Table 3-10: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants ...... 176 Table 3-11: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels ...... 180 Table 3-12: Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters ...... 182 Table 3-13: Details of Surface water sampling locations ...... 183 Table 3-14: Surface water Monitoring Results ...... 186 Table 3-15: Groundwater Potential in PIA District ...... 189 Table 3-16: Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations ...... 189 Table 3-17: Ground Water Monitoring Results ...... 191 Table 3-18: Soil Quality Monitoring Locations ...... 195 Table 3-19: Soil & Sediment Quality Monitoring Results ...... 197 Table 3-20 List of flora reported/observed in the study area ...... 202 Table 3-21 List of fauna reported/observed in the study area ...... 207 Table 3-22 List of Birds reported/observed in the study area ...... 208 Table 3-23 List of Aquatic Insects of the Study Area ...... 209

EIA Report

Table 3-24 List of Fresh Water Fish in the Study Area ...... 210 Table 3-25 Vadodara District Social Indicators ...... 211 Table 3-26 Details of Education Infrastructures ...... 213 Table 3-27 Socio Economic Analysis: Healthcare ...... 213 Table 3-28: Population profile within study area ...... 215 Table 3-29 : Summary of Socioeconomic indicators within the study area...... 218 Table 4-1 Existing Stack Emission details ...... 231 Table 4-2 Proposed Stack Emission details ...... 232 Table 4-3 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentration of Particulate Matter...... 233 Table 4-4 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentration of Sulfur Dioxide ...... 234 Table 4-5 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentration of Sulfur Dioxide ...... 235 Table 4-6 Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions ...... 236 Table 4-7 Existing & Proposed Vehicular movement per hour ...... 237 Table 4-8 Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project ...... 237 Table 4-9 Characteristics of Effluent Generated ...... 243 Table 7-1 Compliance to Public Hearing Minutes ...... 259 Table 9-1 Responsibility for EMP Implementation ...... 303 Table 9-2 List of Suggested Species ...... 307 Table 9-3 Greenbelt Development Scheme ...... 308 Table 9-4 Air Pollution Control Measures ...... 309 Table 9-5 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires ...... 315

EIA Report

List of Figures

Figure 2-1 Index map of the project site ...... 61 Figure 2-2 Google image showing salient features within 0- 1 Km radius ...... 62 Figure 2-3 Google image showing salient features within 0- 5 Km radius ...... 63 Figure 2-4 Google image showing salient features 0- 10 Km Radius Map around the study region ...... 64 Figure 2-5 Google image showing 15, 10, 05, 01 Km radius map from the projectsite 65 Figure 2-6 Site Photographs of IOTL Terminal ...... 86 Figure 2-7 Existing White Oil Terminal Layout ...... 89 Figure 2-8 Existing LPG marketing Terminal Layout ...... 90 Figure 2-9 Proposed Plot plan of Oxo unit ...... 91 Figure 2-10 Existing and proposed plot plan ...... 92 Figure 2-11 Water Balance of Existing IOTL and LPG Terminals ...... 111 Figure 2-12 Proposed water Balance ...... 112 Figure 3-1 Map showing the Satellite Image of the study area of Project ...... 133 Figure 3-2 Topo Map of the Study area ...... 134 Figure 3-3 Environmental sensitive areas map covering within 15, 10, 5, 1 km from project boundary ...... 137 Figure 3-4 Production of Major Minerals (MT) (2006-07) ...... 143 Figure 3-5 Mineral Based Industries ...... 144 Figure 3-6 Geology & Minerals Map of Gujarat ...... 145 Figure 3-7 Land Use Map of Vadodara district (2011-2012) ...... 147 Figure 3-8 Land Use Pattern of Vadodara district ...... 148 Figure 3-9 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area ...... 149 Figure 3-10 Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area ...... 150 Figure 3-11 Physical map of Gujarat State ...... 152 Figure 3-12 Contour map of Study Area ...... 153 Figure 3-13 Geology Map of Gujarat ...... 154 Figure 3-14 Geomorphology pattern of Vadodara District ...... 156 Figure 3-15 Geomorphology Map of Study Area ...... 157

EIA Report

Figure 3-16 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district ...... 159 Figure 3-17 Drainage Map of Vadodara District ...... 161 Figure 3-18 Drainage map of the study area ...... 162 Figure 3-19 Soil Map of Vadodara ...... 163 Figure 3-20 Flood zone and Cyclone Zone Hazard map of Gujarat ...... 165 Figure 3-21 Seismicity Map of India ...... 166 Figure 3-22 Biannual Wind rose for Period 2016 & 2017 ...... 169 Figure 3-23 Wind rose for the Study Period ...... 170 Figure 3-24 Atmospheric inversion level at the project site ...... 171 Figure 3-25 Topo Map showing the Ambient Air quality monitoring locations ...... 173 Figure 3-26 Air quality monitoring photographs ...... 175 Figure 3-27: Trends of Measured Ambient Concentrations in the Study Area ...... 178 Figure 3-28 Topo Map showing the Noise Monitoring locations ...... 181 Figure 3-29 Topo Map showing the surface water monitoring location ...... 185 Figure 3-30 Surface water Sampling Photographs ...... 188 Figure 3-31 Topo Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations ...... 190 Figure 3-32 Ground Water Sampling Photographs ...... 194 Figure 3-33 Soil Sampling Photographs ...... 195 Figure 3-34 Topo Map showing the soil monitoring locations ...... 196 Figure 3-35 Bio Diversity Richness Map ...... 200 Figure 4-1 Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of PM within 10 km radius of the Study area ...... 233

Figure 4-2 Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area ...... 234

Figure 4-3 Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area ...... 235 Figure 4-4 Typical ETP block diagram ...... 242 Figure 4-5 Waste Management Concept ...... 247 Figure 7-1 Photographs During Public Hearing ...... 258 Figure 9-1 Copy of EHS Policy ...... 324

EIA Report

List of Annexure

S. No Description Page No 1 Land Document 1 2 LPG Terminal CTO 25 3 LPG Terminal PESO License 29 4 Existing EC Copy 38 5 IOTL Terminal CTO 45 6 IOTL Terminal PESO License 50 7 Existing and Proposed Layout 54 8 Existing and Proposed Greenbelt Layout 57 9 Water Balance Chart (Existing and Proposed) 58 10 Head works manual for extraction of water from Mahi river 60 11 Risk Assessment Report 115 12 MSDS of Raw materials and Products 253 13 Disaster Management Plan 377 14 Raw AAQ Monitoring Data 968 15 Medical reports of Employees 972 16 Details on Flaring System 997 17 HSE Policy 1011 18 CSR Activities 1012 19 Unit Based Heat and Energy balance 1062 20 Certified Post EC compliance Report 1101 21 Proposed Equipment List 1133 22 LDAR protocol 1155 23 Public hearing Paper Advertisement 1156 24 Public Hearing Proceedings 1158 25 Adequacy of power availability from GRID 1176

Note: Annexures provided as Separate Booklet

EIA Report

Executive Summary

1. Introduction

Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL) operates one of its largest oil refineries at Koyali (near Vadodara) in Gujarat, Western India. The refinery was commissioned in the year 1965 with a capacity of 3.0 MMTPA. Over the years, the capacity of the refinery has gradually been increased to 13.7 MMTPA with augmentation of old primary Atmospheric Units (AU-I, AU-II and AU-III) and addition of new primary units viz. Atmospheric Unit-IV in 1978 and AU-V in 1999 as well as augmentation of AU-IV in 2000.

Gujarat refinery IOCL owned a land of 434 Acres at survey no 771 to 795 at Dumad with Existing facilities of LPG marketing terminal commissioned during Nov 2002 and IOTL white oil terminal commissioned in the year 2012.

LPG marketing Terminal occupies land of approximately 62 Acres in 434 Acres at Dumad Village, Vadodara Savili Road, Dumad. It is about 3 Km from Dumad Approx ~8 Kms away from Gujarat Refinery (GR) of IOCL and situated between Vadodara-Savli Road. The operating processes carried out at the Terminal are receipt of LPG bulk, its storage in 6 mounded storage vessels having max storage capacity of 8300 MT, distribution of bulk LPG by loading Tank trucks and filled LPG cylinder after their filling at carousel machines. The quantity of LPG to be handled in existing facility is 0.50 MMTPA. The existing plant is under operation with GPCB consent obtained vide: AWH 68449, valid up to 18/11/2019 & PESO license obtained vide S/HO/GJ/03/498(S2126), Valid up to 31 March 2019. IOTL Terminal occupies approximately 48 Acres of 434 Acres land. The existing terminal obtained EC in 2001 from MoEF vide: J-11011/8/2001-IA-II (I). The facility comprises of storage tanks for 5 No Gasoline Tanks, 4 No Diesel tanks, 3 No Kerosene Tank, 3 No Ethanol Tanks. The nearest railway station is Pilol 1.4 km towards NNE.The existing plant is under operation with GPCB consent obtained vide: AWH 65930, valid up to 02/09/2019& PESO license obtained vide P/WC/GJ/15/2323(P-12298) (PESO) Valid Up to: - 31/12/2020.

EIA Report

2. Environmental Sensitive Areas

The existing complex is located at Dumad, Vadodara District, Gujarat State. The site is located ~20 Km from Vadodara city towards South-South-West. The site is located approximately≈ 14 Km towards East from Gujarat Refinery. Vishwamitri River is flowing adjacent to site boundary in East direction. Google image showing 15, 10, 5 and 1 Km radius from project boundaryis shown in Figure 1.

The Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary is provided in Table-1. Table-1 Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary

S. Areas Distance & Direction from project boundary No 1 Areas protected under international conventions, national or local legislation None within 15 km Radius for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value 2 Areas which are important or sensitive for ecological reasons – Wetlands, Watercourses or other water None within 15 km Radius bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests 3 Areas used by protected, important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for None within 15 Km radius breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration 4 Inland, coastal, marine or None within 15 Km radius underground waters 5 State, National boundaries None within 15 Km radius 6 Routes or facilities used by the public for access to None within 15 Km radius recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas 7 Defence installations Nil

EIA Report

8 Densely populated or built- S. Village Distanc Direct Populatio up area (Nearest Town, City, No Name e (km) ion n District) 1 Virod ~0.8 ESE 2461 2 ASOJ ~0.9 NNW 1952 3 Sisva ~1.4 W 2799 4 Ganpatpura ~1.1 SSW NA 5 Dumad ~ 2.4 SSW 5244 However, most part of the Vadodara city, will fall within 15 Km, which is having population more than 16 lakhs. 9 Areas occupied by sensitive Dista S. Directi man-made land uses List of Sensitive Areas nce No. on (hospitals, schools, places of (≈km) worship, community The Maharaj Sayaji 8.22 SSW 1 facilities) Rao University of Baroda 2 Madurai Kamraj University 10 SSW 3 GSFC University 6.42 WSW 4 Medical College of Baroda 10.28 SSW 5 Navrachana School Sama 6.89 SSW Sanskriti School of 4.85 SSE 6 Business MS Patel Institute of 8.43 SSW 7 Management 8 Cygnus world school 5.6 SSE 9 Bright day school 6.7 SSE American School of 9.6 SE 10 Baroda 11 Bright School 8.28 S 12 Ganga –Jamna Hospital 9.69 SW Bhailal-Amin General 8.9 SW 13 Hospital 14 SSG Hospital 10.14 S Metro-Hospital & Research 6.85 S 15 Institute 16 Satyam Hospital 5.95 SW 17 Tapovan Mandir 8.37 WSW 18 EME temple 7.52 SSW Shree Swaminarayan 8.64 S 19 Temple 20 Surya Narayan Temple 10.89 S 21 Kirti Mandir 9.89 SSW 10 Areas containing important, No high quality or scarce

EIA Report

resources, (groundwater resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals) 11 Areas already subjected to pollution or environmental damage (those where No existing legal environmental standards are exceeded) 12 Areas susceptible to natural hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems, No (earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)

Figure-1 Google image showing 15, 10, 05 and 01 Km radius from project boundary

EIA Report

3. Proposed Facilities

For KAHSPL & TTL project the following are proposed

a. Existing 18” dia Underground line in Koyali – Dumad ROW for HSD pipeline transfer (PLT) from JR & tanks at Dumad b. Existing 10” dia & 14” dia underground line in Koyali-Dumad ROW for MS and SKO PLT from JR and tanks at Dumad c. Proposed new 12” dia underground line in Koyali-Dumad ROW for ATF PLT from JR and tanks at Dumad d. Proposed new 12” dia underground line in Koyali-Dumad ROW for PCK PLT from JR and Tanks at Dumad e. Proposed new 12” dia underground line in Koyali-Dumad ROW for pumping of fresh water from JR to Dumad f. New 10” dia & 6” dia LMW & HMW underground line from JR to Dumad in existing Koyali-Dumad ROW g. Proposed Tanks with Capacities are given in Table- 2. Table- 2 Proposed Tanks with Capacities Total Capacity S. No Product Number of Tanks Capacity (KL) (KL) 1 HSD 30000 4 (2 in operation + 1 receiving + 1 M&I) 1,20,000 2 MS 25000 3 (1 in operation + 1 receiving + 1 M&I) 75,000 3 ATF 10000 3 (1 in operation + 1 receiving + 1 M&I) 30,000 4 PCK 10000 2 (1 in operation + 1 M&I) 20,000 5 SKO 5000 2 (1 in operation + 1 M&I) 10,000 6 LMW 5000 3 (1 in operation + 1 receiving + 1 M&I) 15000 7 HMW 5000 1 in operation/ Receiving 5000 Fresh/ 8 Fire 6000 3 (1 in operation + 1 M&I) 24000 Water Service 9 6000 1 in operation/ Receiving 6000 water

h. Provision of circulation pumps, compressors, Fire and safety systems and miscellaneous facilities at Dumad

EIA Report

i. Cross Country Pipelines j. Pipeline terminal with Booster and mainline pumping station k. 6 Bay Tank Truck Loading Facilities for LMW and HMW and Utilities etc. l. Fire Station Proposed Facilities for Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project The Major facilities proposed at Dumad are AA unit, BA Unit and associated offsite & dispatch facilities. The schematic diagram of the proposed project is shown below:

Storage facilities The following storage facilities are envisaged during the proposed project is given in Table-3.

Table-3: Proposed Storage facilities

S. Chemical Name Storage Type Storage Total No of No Period/ Tank Capacity Tanks (KL) 1 N Butanol Cone Roof 3 Days 1025 1 2 I-Butanol Cone Roof 7 Days 232 2 3 Acrylic Acid Cone Roof 6 Days 1583 1 4 Butyl Acrylate Cone Roof 7 Days 3617 2 5 Propylene Mounded Bullets 7 Days 1410 1

The product evacuation from Dumad has been considered by road only.

EIA Report

Utilities

S. Name of the Facility Demand No 1. Boiler, (1W+1S) 60 TPH 2. Cooling water system (4 x 4200 KLPH, 3 10716 KLPH working + 1 standby) 16800 KLPH capacity 3. Nitrogen 900 NM3/Hr 240 KLPH 4. Raw water from IOCL Jack wells 205 KLPH 5. Fire water Storage 1700 KLPH 6. Flare 17.5 TPH 7. ETP ~84 TPH 8. DG Set (Stand by) 1 x 1500 kVA

Piping Corridor The following streams are needed to be transferred through new pipelines in Existing koyali – Dumad ROW Note: During Public hearing it was proposed for LPG, Propylene and Raw water. However, after the detailed engineering the following changes are proposed.  Normal Butanol  Iso-Butanol  Propylene  Raw Water

4. Land Requirement

Proposed site layout is given in Figure 1. Land details are given in Table-4. Table-4: Land details Existing Land Proposed Total Percent Site Name (Acres) (Acres) Acres (%) LPG Terminal 62 -- 62 14.28 IOTL Terminal 48 -- 48 11.06 Proposed KAHSPL & TTL -- 79.8 79.8 18.39 Proposed Oxo/ Acrylics -- 70 70 16.13 Project Green Belt 33 111 144 33.18 Vacant Land 291 -260.8 30.2 6.96 Total Area Available at 434 434 100 Dumad Facility

EIA Report

5. Water Requirement

Total water requirement of the existing facility is 24 KLD of which LPG terminal requires 19 KLD and IOTL white oil terminal requires 5 KLD.

The total fresh water requirement for the proposed project is ~373 KLPH (say ~1.97 MGD) of which 1.67 MGD (max) of raw/ fresh water is required for operation of Oxo- Alcohol Project of which 0.3 MGD of raw water for KAHSPL and TTL project.

Detailed breakup of Existing and proposed water balance is summarized in Table -5. Water Balance Diagram of Existing Terminals is given in Figure 2. Water balance diagram of the Proposed Facility is given in Figure 3. CPP Water Balance is given in Figure 4.

EIA Report

Figure 1 Existing and ProposedSite Layout

EIA Report

Table-5 Existing and Proposed Water Balance Diagram

(LPG+ IOTL) Existing (KLPH) Proposed (KLPH) Total (KLPH) ETP ETP ETP Effluent Total Treate Effluent/ Total Conden Treate Total Treate Effluent / S. Fresh Condens Fresh / Fresh Condens Remarks Description Water d Sewage Los Water sate d Water d Sewage No Water ate Used Water Sewage Loss Water ate Used Loss (a+b+ Water Generate s (a+b+ Used Water (a+b+ Water Generate (a) (b) (a) Generat (a) (b) c) Used d c) (b) Used c) Used d ed (c) (c) (c) Raw Water 1 Treatment Unit 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 20 0 0 20 0 20 20 0 0 20 0 Reject Rejects Sent 2 Boiler 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 100 25 75 0 20 5 100 25 75 0 20 5 to ETP DM Plant 3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 Sent to ETP Regeneration

4 Domestic 0.6 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.1 5 5 0 0 4 1 5 5 0 0 4 1 Sent to ETP Condensate 5 Green Belt 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.8 110 110 0 0 0 110 110 110 0 0 0 110 from MEE is used for GB Cylinder 6 Washing/ 0.3 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Sent to ETP Testing Combined ETP treated 7 Cooling tower 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 328 278 20 100 80 248 328 278 20 100 80 248 water sent to cooling tower Fire water 8 0.2 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 4 4 0 0 0 4 4 4 0 0 0 4 Makeup Total 1.8125 1 0 0.8125 0.73 1.08 568 373 95 100 125 368 568 373 95 100 125 368 Note: CETP = Combined Effluent Treatment Plant

Total Fresh water requirement after proposed expansion is ~373 KLPH 1 KL = 219.969 UK Gallon So, 219.969 * 373 KL/Hr* 24 Hrs/day / 10^6 = ~1.97MGD Total Water Requirement for OXO project – ~1.67 MGD Total Water Requirement for KAHSPL and TTL project - ~0.3 MGD However, since CPP and various units are opted out from proposed proposal after PH, revised total water requirement is 373 KLPH ~ 1.97 MGD Note: During Public Hearing total water requirement presented is 3 MGD.

EIA Report

Figure 2 Water Balance Diagrams of Existing Terminals

EIA Report

Figure 3 Water balance diagram of the Proposed Facility

EIA Report

6. Wastewater Generation

The amount of wastewater generated and to be treated is ~125 KLPH. One Nos combined ETP (CETP) of 190 KLPH and 150 KLPH of Oil Waste Separator (OWS) is proposed.

The net sludge production is 4 TPD (moisture content 70%) and net Salt production is 2 TPD (moisture content 10%). Sludge shall be largely composed of Calcium Carbonate and Magnesium Hydroxide and a small amount of settled suspended solids and Copper Hydroxide. The moisture content ranges between 70% to 75%. Salts shall majorly consist of Sodium and Potassium Salts of Sulphates, Chlorides and Nitrates. The moisture content ranges between10% to 15%. Typical Block diagram of the ETP is given in Figure 5.

Figure 5 Typical ETP block diagram

EIA Report

7. Power & Fuel Requirement

The power requirement for the existing facility is met from JR. For Oxo/Acrylics project the power requirement will be 17 MW (connected load is 27 MW) to be sourced from grid. Power and fuel requirement details are given in Table -6.

Table-6: Power and Fuel Requirement

Capacity Details Existing Source Proposed Total (LPG+IOTL) Existing GRID power Power requirement Adequacy of availability of 27 27 Requirement is met by GRID based power enclosed Gujarat as Annexure 25 Refinery Imported LNG will be supplied Fuel -LNG 5825 5825 to Dumad through extension of - 3 3 Dahej-Koyali pipeline being Nm /Hr. Nm /Hr. laid by IndianOil designed for 19155 Nm3/hr supply 40 LPH (IOTL) + Diesel (LPH) 235 300 Gujarat Refinery 750 LPM (LPG Terminal)

8. Manpower

The existing Terminals (IOTL & LPG) unit has a total of 72 permanent employees and 195 contract workers. Approximately ~1700 contract labors are required during construction phase based on various skills. Manpower details during construction and operation is given in Table -7 and Table-8.

Table-7: During Construction Phase S. No. Terminal Proposed 1 Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Terminal ~1000 2 KAhSPL & TTL ~700 Total ~1700

EIA Report

Table-8: During Operation Phase S. Existing Proposed Total Terminal No. Permanent Contract Security Permanent Contract 1 LPG 46 76 39 -- -- 161 2 IOTL 26 80 -- -- 106 3 Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol 125 350 Terminal and ------+ + 580 KAhSPL & 55 50 TTL Grand Total 847

9. Solid Waste

During Construction Phase During construction phase ~3TPD of solid waste is envisaged. It will be the scope of the contractor to collect and dispose the solid waste generated during construction phase as per Construction and Demolition waste rules 2016.

During Operation Phase

During Operation Phase Total of 407.25 Kg/day of solid waste is generated of which 162.9 kg/Day of organic waste will be composted and Inorganic waste will be disposed through GPCB authorized vendors. Solid waste generation details for existing and proposed are given in Table-9. Hazardous waste generation details for existing and proposed are given in Table-10. Table-9: Solid waste generation details for existing and proposed. Existing (Kg/day) Proposed (Kg/day) S. Total List of Items LPG Terminal & White Oxo Acrylics, No (kg/Day) Oil Terminal KAHSPL & TTL 1 Organic waste 49.14 113.76 162.9 2 Inorganic waste 73.71 170.64 244.35 Total 122.85 284.4 407.25 As per CPCB 0.45 kg/ capita/ day

EIA Report

10. Hazardous waste Management

Table-10: Hazardous waste generation details for existing and proposed.

EIA Report

The net sludge production is ~4 T/d (moisture content 70%) and net Salt production is ~2 T/d (moisture content 10%). Sludge shall be largely composed of Calcium Carbonate and Magnesium Hydroxide and a small amount of Total Salt settled suspended from ZLD solids and Copper 5 35.3 -- -- 4.05 MEE Hydroxide. The (TPD) moisture content ranges between70% to 75%. Salts shall majorly consist of Sodium and Potassium Salts of Sulphates, Chlorides and Nitrates. The moisture content ranges between10% to 15%. Sent to Authorized Vendors. ETP Sent to Authorized 6 35.3 -- -- 0.8 Sludge Vendors for landfilling. Spent Disposal as per GPCB/ 7 1.6 -- -- 50 Catalyst CPCB norms Sent to authorized Oxidation 140 MT/ 5 8 1.6 -- -- vendors for Catalyst Yrs landfill/auction Sent to authorized CCU 4.8KL/ 3 9 1.6 -- -- vendors for Catalyst Yrs landfill/auction

11. Project cost

The estimated cost for the proposed projects is given in Table-11.

EIA Report

Table-11: The estimated cost for the proposed project. S. No. Proposed Project Project Cost (Crores) 1 Oxo/Acrylics project 3517 2 KAHSPL project 906 3 TTL Facilities 131 Total 4554

12. Baseline Study

Common Sampling Location Map (Nov-2017 to Jan 2018)

EIA Report

I. Meteorological Environment

Meteorological scenario in and around the project site is an essential requirement during study period for proper interpretation of baseline air quality status. Meteorological data was collected during the study period; (November 2017 – January 2018). The wind rose for the period of Nov 2017 to Jan 2018 is given in Figure-6.

Figure-6: The wind rose for the period of Nov 2017 to Jan 2018.

II. Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters including 12 parameters as per NAAQS, 2009 within the study area. The baseline levels of

PM10(48.2 - 92.4 µg/m³), PM2.5 (15.3 - 51.8µg/m³), SO2 (7.4-17.4 µg/m³), NO2 (14.4- 44.9 µg/m³), CO (0.08—0.41 mg/m3), all the parameters are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period from November 2107 to January 2018.

EIA Report

III. Noise Environment

It is observed that the noise levels monitored at 8 locations. Day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all locations are within prescribed CPCB standards  In industrial areas day time noise levels was about 62.1 dB(A) to 65.2 dB(A) and 51.1 dB(A) to 52.8 dB(A) during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (75 dB(A) Day time & 70 dB(A) Night time).  In residential areas day time noise levels varied from 56.1 dB(A) to 58.4 dB(A) and night time noise levels varied from 44.1 dB(A) to 49.1 dB(A) across the sampling stations. The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels in Residential area are within prescribed the limit prescribed by MoEF&CC (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time)

IV. Water Environment

Surface water quality

The summary of surface water quality monitored at 8 locations is summarized below

 In the surface water the pH varies between 6.58-7.62  The Total Dissolved Solids range varies between 438 mg/l – 2074 mg/l for the surface water.  The chloride content in the surface water for study area is ranges between 94.6 mg/l – 526 mg/l.  The sulphate content of the surface water of the study area varies between 38.4 mg/l – 386 mg/l meeting the desirable limit of the IS 10500: 2012.  The Total hardness ranges is between 162.4 mg/l – 1124.4 mg/l.

Ground Water Quality

A summary of analytical results ground water quality monitored at 8 locations are presented below:

EIA Report

 The ground water results of the study area indicate that the average pH ranges are varied between 6.91-8.14  The Total Dissolved Solids ranges is varied between 625 mg/l – 1933 mg/l for the ground water and for few samples it exceeds the permissible limits of IS 10500: 2012.  The desirable limit of the chloride content is 250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l. The chloride content in the ground water for study area is ranges between 105 mg/l – 612 mg/l. Some samples are exceeding the permissible limit.  The desirable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is 400mg/l. the sulphate content of the ground water of the study area is varied between 38.7 mg/l – 318 mg/l and some samples are not meeting the desirable limit of the IS 10500: 2012.  The Total hardness ranges is between 170 mg/l – 778 mg/l. for ground water and for few samples it exceeds the permissible limit of the IS 10500: 2012.

V. Soil Environment

Summary of analytical results of soil quality monitored at 8 locations are presented below:

 The pH of the soil samples ranged from 7.25-8.22. Indicating that the soils are almost neutral in nature.  Conductivity of the soil samples ranged from 100.5-245 μS/cm. As the EC value is less than 2000 μS/cm, the soil is found to be non-saline in nature  The water holding capacity of the soil samples varied from 15-42 (%).  Nitrogen content ranged from 42 kg/ha to 142 kg/ha  Phosphorous ranged from 15.7 kg/ha to 63.3 kg/ha  Potassium content ranges from 62.4 to 197 kg/ha

EIA Report

VI. Biological Environment

Trees and shrubs play an essential role in maintaining an ecological equilibrium and improving the livelihood of people in the dry regions. Vegetation of a particular area depends upon the interaction of various natural biotic and abiotic factors including Temperature, Rain fall, Humidity, Soil type, plants, animals, micro-organisms of that particular area in which they grow live and influence one another. The study area is moderately rich in vegetation. The review of the study area indicated that 174 floral species have been identified within the vicinity of the project site (refer Table 3-20 of EIA report). The bio diversity richness map of the study area is given in Figure-7.

Figure-7: The bio diversity richness map of the study area

EIA Report

VII. Socio Economic Environment

Vadodara District is a district in the eastern part of the state of Gujarat in western India. The city of Vadodara (Baroda), in the western part of the district, is the administrative headquarters. Vadodara District covers an area of 7526 km². It had a population of 3,641,802 with population growth of 19.87% as of 2001 census. As of 2011 it is the third most populous district of Gujarat (out of 33) with 4,165,626, after Ahmadabad (7,214,225) and Surat (6,081,322). The district is bounded by Panchmahal and Dahod districts to the North, Anand and Kheda districts to the West, Bharuch and Narmada districts to the South and Chhota Udaipur to the East.

A socio-economic study was undertaken in assessing aspects which are dealing with social and cultural conditions, and economic status in the study area. The study provides information such as demographic structure, population dynamics, infrastructure resources, and the status of human health and economic attributes like employment, per-capita income, agriculture, trade, and industrial development in the study area. The study of these characteristic helps in identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts on socio-economic and parameters of human interest due to proposed project developments. The parameters are:

 Demographic structure  Infrastructure Facility  Economic Status  Health status  Cultural attributes

Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the area.

VIII. Anticipated Environmental Impacts

a. Water Environment

The total raw water requirement is 568 KLPH (considering the requirement of integrated project at Dumad). Raw water storage pond of total 10 days’ storage of water was

EIA Report considered for sizing the pond. Raw water treatment facilities include: chemical dosing system, multi grade filter, activated carbon filter and Reverse Osmosis plant.

Total 125 KLD of effluent is anticipated and will be treated in dedicated proposed combined ETP’s of 190 KLPH and Oil waste separator of 150 KLPH. Treated water will be passed through RO and Permeate will be used for Cooling tower makeup.

b. Air Environment

Adequate measures will be taken to control Air Pollution through installation of Low NOx burners and by providing adequate stack height. Following parameters will be measured through installation of online analysers SOx, NOx, CO, Hydrocarbons and Particulate Matter.Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions are given in Table-12.

Table-12: Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions

Uncontrolled Max Base Total % Increment in predicted Conc. NAAQ Pollutant Line Conc. Conc. Concentration at source standard (µg/m3) (µg/m3) Levels (µg/m3)

PM10 92.4 2.108 94.508 100 2.28 SO2 41.5 7.031 48.531 80 16.94 NOx 44.9 7.301 52.201 80 16.26

It was observed that the maximum incremental concentration observed due to proposed

3 3 3. expansion for PM, SO2 and NOx are 2.108 µg/m , 7.031 µg/m and 7.301 µg/m So it can be concluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact envisaged is minimum. Vehicular emissions also considered for the model, since the number of vehicles increased is marginal per day and no major impact is envisaged on Air environment.

c. Noise Environment

EIA Report addition, since most of the noise generating equipment would be in closed structures, the noise transmitted outside would be still lower and for any other case of higher noise sufficient safety ear plugs and ear muffs will be provided to the employees.

d. Land Use

The proposed expansion is within the existing IOCl Dumad complex and the proposed activity doesn’t change the land use classification of the site.

IX. Environmental Monitoring Program A monitoring schedule with respect to AAQ, Water, Wastewater quality, Noise Quality as per CPCB/MoEF&CC/GPCB shall be maintained. X. Pollution Control Measures

Fugitive air emissions from boiler will be provided with Low NOx burners and adequate stack height will also be provided to meet the norms as required by CPCB.

Municipal solid waste will be composted within the facility and used as manure for green belt.

Hazardous waste will be stored and disposed off to authorized vendors for landfill.

The Industrial effluent generated will be treated in inhouse ETP. The sewage from domestic use will be treated in ETP and treated water will be recycled back into the system.

The proposed wastewater treatment system will be a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). Hence, there will be no discharge to land environment.

XI. Greenbelt Development

Project site is an existing unit with shrubs and small trees. There will be clearance of land envisaged for proposed projects. Existing Green belt is over a stretch of 33 Acres with approx 25000-30000 trees and adequate measures will be taken to maintain the

EIA Report greenbelt of 111 Acres for the proposed expansion. The lists of species suggested for green belt is given in Table-13. Green belt development scheme is given in Table-14.

Table-13: List of Suggested Species for green belt

S. Sensitiv Canopy Trees Common Heigh Regener Growth N e/ size species name t (m) ation Rate o Tolerant (m2) Abutilon Through Quick 1. Kanghi Tolerant 5 NA Indicum seeds growing Acacia Australian By Quick 2. Tolerant 16 8548.22 Auriculiformis wattle seeds growing Acacia By Quick 3. Khair Tolerant 3 108.42 Catechu seeds growing Acacia By Quick 4. Silver wattle Tolerant 15 NA Dealbata seeds growing Acacia By Quick 5. Farnesiana Babul Tolerant 5 NA seeds growing Wild Actinodaphn By 6. Pisa Tolerant 13 - - e Angustifolia seeds Adina By Slow 148490. 7. Haldu Tolerant 20 Cordifolia seeds growing 1 By Aegle seeds, Slow 26547.1 8. Boel Tolerant 12 Marmelos root growing 9 cuttings By Aesculus seeds, Quick 9. Bankhar Sensitive 20 Indica Hook root growing suckers By Albizia seeds, Quick 10. Tugli lalai Tolerant 10 -- Amara root growing suckers Anona By Fast 11. Raamaphal Tolerant 10 2017.44 Reticulate seeds growing 12. Anthocephal Kadamba Tolerant 20 By Quick 52233.5

EIA Report

us Chinensis seeds growing Quick Azadiracta By growth 300445. 13. Neem tree Tolerant 20 Indica seeds after 1st 3 season Balanites By Quick 14. Ingoriyo Tolerant 9 Roxburghii seeds growing Bambusa By Quick 15. Wans Tolerant 20 -- Arundinocia cuttings growing Barringtonia Samudraph By Quick 16. Tolerant 9-12 -- Acutangula ol seeds growing Bauhinia By Quick 17. Asundro Tolerant 5 136.9 Racemosa seeds growing Bauhinia By Quick 18. Kavindara Tolerant 5 1769.52 Varigata seeds growing

Source: Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts- PROBES/75/1999-2000

Table-14: Green belt development scheme

S. Description Scheme of plantation Total No 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Year year year Year Year Area to Develop 1 9.105 9.105 9.105 9.105 9.105 45.525 (Ha) Plantion of Seeds/ 2 13650 13650 13650 13650 13650 68250 Saplings Expenditure 3 18 18 18 18 18 90 (Lakhs)

Note: 1500 Trees per Hectare

EIA Report

Chapter 1 Introduction

EIA Report

1 Introduction 1.1 Introduction

IOTL Terminal occupies approximately 48 Acres of 434 Acres land. The existing terminal obtained EC in 2001 from MoEF vide: J-11011/8/2001-IA-II (I) enclosed as Annexure- 4. The facility comprises of storage tanks for 5 No Gasoline Tanks, 4 No Diesel tanks, 3 No Kerosene Tank, 3 No Ethanol Tanks. The nearest railway station is Pilol 1.4 km towards NNE. The existing plant is under operation with GPCB consent

EIA Report obtained vide: AWH 65930, valid up to 02/09/2019 (please refer Annexure-5 for details) & PESO license obtained vide P/WC/GJ/15/2323(P-12298) (PESO) Valid Up to: - 31/12/2020 Annexure-6.

1.2 EIA Requirement

The Government of India, Ministry of Environment Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC), New Delhi, vide notification no. S. O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006, and its amendments, has made it mandatory to obtain ‘Prior Environmental Clearance (EC) ’ for New projects listed in the schedule, Expansion and Modernization of existing projects listed in the schedule, any change in product mix in the existing manufacturing unit falling within the schedule to that notification from MoEF&CC (for Category A projects) or from SEIAA (for Category B projects).

The EIA submission at MoEF pertains to Proposed Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project, Creation of necessary facility for origination of Koyali – Ahmednagar – Sholapur pipeline (KAhPL) & installation of Tank Truck Loading facility (TTL) for linear Alkyl Benzene and laying of 9 Piggable, dedicated hydrocarbon service cross country pipelines (Including LPG supply and return) between refinery and Dumad in the existing Right of Way (ROW). The Project is considered under Schedule 4 (a) - “Petroleum Refining Industry” & 5(C) Petro chemical complexes, Category A, since all the projects under this schedule falls under “A” category.

1.3 Methodology adopted for the study

EIA is the process of identifying, predicting, evaluating and mitigating the biophysical, social and other relevant effects of development proposals prior to major decisions being taken and commitments made. These studies integrate the environmental concerns of developmental activities into the process of decision – making.

1.3.1 Objectives of the EIA Report

 To ensure environmental considerations are explicitly addressed and incorporated into the development decision-making process.

EIA Report

 To anticipate and avoid, minimize or offset the adverse significant biophysical, social and other relevant effects of the above project proposal.  To protect the productivity and capacity of natural systems and the ecological processes which maintain their respective functions.  To promote development that is sustainable and optimizes resource use as well as management opportunities.  To fully recognize the scope and requirements of the TOR and comply with the same.

1.3.2 Scope of Work

The EIA process followed for this EIA report is composed of the following stages:

 Study of project information  Screening & Scoping  Environmental pre-feasibility study & application for approval of ToR  Collection of detailed project management plan/report  Baseline data collection  Impact identification, Prediction & Evaluation  Mitigation measures & delineation of EMP  Risk assessment and safety & disaster management plan  Review & finalization of EIA Report based on the ToR requirements.  Submission of EIA report for implementation of mitigation measures & EMP as well as necessary clearances from relevant Authority.

The EIA Cycle based on the above stages has been illustrated as per the ToR dated 22nd March, 2017, in Figure 1.3.

EIA Report

Figure 1.3 EIA Process

EIA Report

Applicable Acts and Rules for the proposed Refinery project

S. No Act and Rules applicable Purpose Objective Applicability 1. EIA Notification 2006 and its New projects, Protection and As the proposal is for amendments. Expansion Improvement of the compliance to Auto Fuel Policy modernization, change Environment 2025, Environmental clearance of product mix of the from Ministry of Environment, existing project Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC) is applicable 2. The Manufacture, Storage Handling of Hazardous Regulate the Preparation/ update of On-site and Import of Hazardous Chemicals manufacture, storage Emergency Preparedness Chemicals Rules, 1989 and and import of Plan and submission to its amendments Hazardous Chemicals Factory inspectorate. Preparation/ update of Safety Report and submit to Factory inspectorate. Preparation of Material Safety Data Sheet.

EIA Report

S. No Act and Rules applicable Purpose Objective Applicability 3. The Water (Prevention and New projects, Prevention, control and Consent to Establish and Control of Pollution) Act, Expansion abatement of water Consent to Operate from State 1974 and its amendments. modernization, change pollution Pollution Control Board to be of product mix of the obtained for expansion existing project, Existing plants 4. The Air (Prevention and New projects, Prevention, control and Consent to Establish and Control of Pollution) Act, Expansion abatement of air Consent to Operate from State 1981 and its amendments. /modernization, pollution Pollution Control Board to be change of product mix obtained for expansion of the existing project, Existing industries 5. The Hazardous and other Management, Handling Prevention, Control Hazardous waste wastes (Management, and Transboundary and abatement of Authorization from State Handling and Movement of pollution Pollution Control Board to be Transboundary Movement Hazardous waste obtained for expansion Rules) 2016 and Solid Waste Management Rules 2016.

EIA Report

S. No Act and Rules applicable Purpose Objective Applicability 6. The Environmental New projects, Protection and Environmental Standards as (Protection) Rules,1986 and Expansion/modernizati Improvement of the specified are to be complied. its Amendments on change of product Environment Submission of Environment mix of the existing Statement on yearly basis to project, Existing GPCB industries 7. The Noise Pollution New projects, To protect the workers Noise control measure. (Regulation and Control) Expansion/modernizati and public from noise Comply with Noise standards Rules, 2000 on change of product related problems and submission of monthly mix of the existing report to GPCB project, Existing industries 8. The Public Liability Transportation of To provide immediate Provision of Liability Insurance Insurance Act, 1991 and its Hazardous Substance. relief to persons Policy. amendments affected by accident involving hazardous substances and also for Establishing an Environmental Relief fund

EIA Report

S. No Act and Rules applicable Purpose Objective Applicability 9. Factories Rules 1950 and its New projects, Control of workplace Factory License from Factory amendments. Expansion/modernizati environment, and inspectorate. on change of product providing for good mix of the existing health and safety of project, Existing workers. industries. 10. The Petroleum Act, 1934 New projects, Production, Storage License to be acquired for Expansion/modernizati and import of storage and adequate safety on change of product petroleum and measures are in place. mix of the existing provides the project, Existing regulations for the industries safety and environmental measures

EIA Report

S. No Act and Rules applicable Purpose Objective Applicability 11. The Explosive Act, 1884 New projects, Production, Storage Safety measures are to be Expansion/modernizati and import of explosive complied for the storage of on change of product substance in and chemicals in the plant as per mix of the existing around the project and PESO guidelines. project, Existing provides the industries regulations for the safety and environmental measures 12. The Central Motor Vehicle New projects, Check the pollution Adequate environmental Act, 1988 Expansion/modernizati load of vehicles inside measures are put in place to on change of product the plant check the vehicular emissions. mix of the existing project, Existing industries

EIA Report

Chapter 2 Project Description

EIA Report

2 Project Description

2.1 Type of Project

M/s Indian Oil Corporation Limited proposes Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project, Creation of necessary facility for origination of Koyali – Ahmednagar – Sholapur pipeline (KAHSPL) & installation of Tank truck loading facility (TTL) for linear Alkyl Benzene and laying of 9 Piggable, dedicated hydrocarbon service cross country pipelines (Including LPG supply and return) between refinery and Dumad in the existing Right of Way (ROW) at IOCL- Dumad facility, Dumad - 391740.

2.2 Need of the project

 As part of integrating lOC's Petrochemicals value chain, feasibility for production of Acrylic Acid Acrylates and Oxo alcohols based on stranded propylene as feedstock available from lOCL Refineries was examined. Butyl Acrylate (acrylate predominantly used in India) has significant growth potential in the Indian Market with its demand expected to grow at approximately 9% for the period 2018-2035. Currently, there is no producer of Butyl Acrylate (BA) in India with the entire domestic requirement (~240 KTA in year 2020-21) being met through imports. Oxo alcohols are primarily used as inputs for Acrylates production with other small applications like solvents.  Gujarat refinery (JR), Indian Oils Major Refinery has a design crude processing capacity of 13.7 MMTPA. In order to decongest JR, 434 Acres of land was procured in Dumad for laying cross country product pipelines and creation of LPG facilities in May 1998. Further Tank Truck loading facilities for LPG, MS, HSD, SKO, FO, LDO were shifted to Dumad/ASOJ in 2001/2002 from JR. Shifting of LMW (Low Molecular Weight Linear Alkyl Benzene) and HMW (High Molecular Weight Linear Alkyl Benzene) TTL loading facilities from Refinery to Dumad is proposed due to safety considerations at the existing TTL facilities inside JR. The proposal envisages installation of 1. Dedicated Piggable cross country pipelines from Koyali to Dumad and 2. Tankage facilities at Dumad end for dispatch of products to LMW/HMW.

EIA Report

3. 6-Bay TT loading gantry at Dumad

2.3 Site Location

The existing complex is located at Dumad, Vadodara District, Gujarat State. The site is located ~20 Km from Vadodara city towards South-South-West. The site is located approx 14 Km towards East from Gujarat Refinery. Adjacent to site boundary in East direction river Vishwamitri flows. Index map of the project site is given in Figure 2-1. Base map showing area within 15, 10 (Figure 2-4), 5 (Figure 2-3) and 1 Km (Figure 2-2) around study region collectively shown in Figure 2-5. Geographical coordinates of the project site given below in Table 2-1.

Table 2-1 Geographical coordinates of the project site

S. No Location Latitude (N) Longitude (E) 1 A 22°23'46.43"N 73°11'37.32"E 2 B 22°23'47.12"N 73°11'47.80"E 3 C 22°24'8.66"N 73°11'58.03"E 4 D 22°24'8.58"N 73°12'19.87"E 5 E 22°24'6.69"N 73°12'21.02"E 6 F 22°24'6.61"N 73°12'22.69"E 7 G 22°24'5.69"N 73°12'22.87"E 8 H 22°24'5.17"N 73°12'28.70"E 9 I 22°24'4.42"N 73°12'28.20"E 10 J 22°24'3.77"N 73°12'30.16"E 11 K 22°24'0.70"N 73°12'29.95"E 12 L 22°24'0.82"N 73°12'37.35"E 13 M 22°23'59.39"N 73°12'38.36"E 14 N 22°23'49.26"N 73°12'38.49"E 15 O 22°23'40.62"N 73°12'39.94"E 16 P 22°23'38.14"N 73°12'48.08"E 17 Q 22°23'33.45"N 73°12'47.94"E 18 R 22°23'28.75"N 73°12'44.54"E 19 S 22°23'25.39"N 73°12'40.55"E 20 T 22°23'23.66"N 73°12'40.37"E 21 U 22°23'24.02"N 73°12'16.65"E 22 V 22°23'26.34"N 73°12'16.40"E 23 W 22°23'41.51"N 73°11'46.65"E 24 X 22°23'39.48"N 73°11'42.32"E 25 Y 22°23'40.44"N 73°11'35.95"E

EIA Report

Figure 2-1 Index map of the project site

EIA Report

Figure 2-2 Google image showing salient features within 0- 1 Km radius

EIA Report

Figure 2-3 Google image showing salient features within 0- 5 Km radius

EIA Report

Figure 2-4 Google image showing salient features 0- 10 Km Radius Map around the study region

EIA Report

Figure 2-5 Google image showing 15, 10, 05, 01 Km radius map from the projectsite

EIA Report

2.4 Existing Environmental Setup

The site details and the surrounding features are summarized below: Table 2-2 Existing Environemental Setup of the study region

S. No Particulars Details 1. Geographical Location 22°23'45.63"N, 73°12'17.03"E 2. Elevation above Mean Sea 40 m Level 3. Present Land Use Industrial 4. Nearest Railway Station Pilol 1.4 Km towards NNE Vadodara (Major Station) 9.1 Km Towards SSW 5. Nearest Airport Vadodara Airport is 5.6 Km Towards SE 6. Nearest Highway SH-158 is adjacent to Site towards W Ahmedabad-Vadodara Expressway is 2.2 Km towards SW NH-8 is 3.1Km towards SW 7. Nearest habitation /Village Virod is 0.8Km towards ESE 8. Nearest Town Vadodara is 10 Km towards SSW 9. Nearest City Vadodara is 10 Km towards SSW 10. Densely populated area Vadodara is 10 Km towards SSW 11. Inland water bodies Vishwamitri River is adjacent to JR towards E 12. Reserved Forests/Protected None within 15 Kms Forests/Notified Wildlife Sanctuary/Notified national parks/Ecologically sensitive areas 14. Defense Installations Nil 15. Archeologically Important None places/sites 16. Important Tourist Places/ None Religious Importance 17. Hills/Valleys None

Table 2-3 List of major Industries within 10km Radius from the project site

S. No Description Distance (km) Direction 1 A. Schulman Plastics India Pvt. Ltd ~3.98 NNE 2 Aavid Thermalloy India ~3.74 NNE 3 Abb India Limited ~6.79 NE 4 Ace Laser Works ~5.08 NNE 5 Acme Holding Manufacutre and Expo ~3.68 N 6 Advanced Medtech Solutions Limited ~4.36 N

EIA Report

7 Aerzen Machines India Pvt Ltd ~3.55 NNE 8 Airoo Engineering Company ~4.57 NNE 9 Alcast Rolling Pvt Ltd ~3.55 N 10 Aluplast India Pvt Ltd ~3.93 NE 11 Amt Techno ~8.58 WNW 12 Anugrah In-Org (P) Ltd ~7.30 N 13 Aristo Biotech & Life Science Pvt Limited ~3.39 N 14 Arya Engineering ~4.88 NE 15 Ashkar Energy Structures Pvt. Ltd ~4.56 NNE 16 Asta India Ptivate Limited ~3.74 NE 17 Axalta Coat Ibg ~4.34 NNE 18 Bajaj Healthcare Limited Formulation Division ~4.28 N 19 Bandkok Life Science ~6.30 N 20 Baroda Polyform Super Tanks ~6.35 N 21 Baron Paints ~4.44 NE 22 Base Metal Chemicals ~7.03 N 23 Bombardier Transportation India Pvt Ltd ~3.96 NE 24 Bray Controls India Pvt Ltd ~6.00 NE 25 Centurian Laboratories Pvt Ltd ~4.40 N 26 Chemco ~7.20 NE 27 Dhruv EPC Solutions Private Limited ~3.43 N 28 DSM Nutritional Products India Pvt Ltd ~6.43 NE 29 Enpany Transformer Components India Limited ~5.38 NE 30 Erda ~4.32 NE 31 Eurotek Environmental Pvt Limited ~3.34 N 32 Everest Composite Private Limited ~7.26 N 33 Fag, Bearing India Limited ~5.46 NE 34 Falsan Industrial Solutions Pvt Ltd ~7.31 NE 35 Fibre & Fibre Glass Products ~4.90 NE 36 Fineline Circuits Company ~3.72 N 37 Gbt Composited Technology Ltd ~4.79 NNE 38 Gp Global Asphalt Pvt Ltd ~4.37 NE 39 Grace Bio Care Pvt Ltd ~4.56 NE 40 Greenway Appliances ~4.17 NNE 41 Gujarat Refinery ~6.70 WSW 42 Hanning Motors India Limited ~7.45 NE 43 Hardayal Polymers ~5.10 NNE 44 Hardayal Trading ~3.61 NNE 45 Hind Electricals ~6.49 NE 46 Hindusthan Colas Limited ~4.57 NNE 47 Hitech Boilers Pvt Ltd ~4.73 NE

EIA Report

48 Huaheng Automation Pvt Ltd ~6.33 NE 49 Huliot Pipes and Fittings Pvt Ltd ~3.71 NNE 50 Inductra Magnetic Components Pvt Ltd ~4.54 NNE 51 Isotherm Puf Panel Pvt Ltd ~7.57 N 52 Jama Enterprise ~3.13 NNW 53 Jet Vacuum Systems Pvt Ltd ~7.02 N 54 Jindal Stainless Steelway ~4.95 NE 55 Jyothi Cattle Feed Industries ~8.48 WNW 56 Kerakoll India Pvt Ltd ~5.09 NE 57 Koshambh Multitred Pvt Ltd ~4.15 NNE 58 Koshambh Multitred Pvt Ltd ~3.59 N 59 Krishna Chemicals Industries ~6.23 N 60 Kthl ~4.25 NE 61 Legion Energy Pvt Ltd ~3.54 NNE 62 M K Engineering ~4.61 NNE 63 Mahindra Accelo Limited ~4.29 NNE 64 Manpasand Beverages Ltd ~3.16 N 65 Mapei India ~5.65 NE 66 Maruti International Limited ~5.13 NNE 67 Masturlal Fabrichem Pvt Ltd ~3.79 N 68 Medicap Healthcare Limited ~3.51 N 69 Mehjal Adhesives Tapes Pvt Ltd ~6.39 N 70 Mesura Nirmal Gas Control Pvt Ltd ~7.47 NE 71 National Engineering Industries Ltd ~6.37 NE 72 Nerafim Irrigation India Private Limited ~4.09 N 73 Nirma Limited ~6.67 NE 74 Ohm Engineers ~4.52 NE 75 Osaka Pharmaceuticals ~8.12 WNW 76 Paharpur Cooling Towers Ltd ~4.53 NNE 77 Parth Electricals & Engineering Pvt Ltd ~3.58 NNE 78 Pelican Poly & Pallets Pvt Ltd ~6.73 N 79 Phonenix Innovative Coatings ~4.48 NNE 80 Polycraftpuf Machine Private Limited ~7.02 N 81 Prg Agitators Pvt Ltd ~7.41 NE 82 Pulga Umps & Motors Pvt Ltd ~6.74 NE 83 Quick High Tech Company ~5.26 NE 84 Radiant Hitech Eng. Pvt Ltd ~4.38 NNE 85 Rahul Cutters and Slitters ~4.00 N 86 Raj Filters- Wire Mesh Manufacturer ~4.46 NNE 87 Rakti Industries ~3.69 NNE 88 Ratnaveer Stainless Products Private Limited ~3.33 N

EIA Report

89 Ravago Manufacturing India Pvt Ltd ~6.45 NE 90 Ravago Shah Polymers Pvt Ltd ~7.16 NE 91 Reliable Paints ~7.18 NE 92 Roast Bite Namkeen ~5.10 NE 93 Ruby Cables Limited ~4.14 NNE 94 Safeco Hygiene Films Private Limited ~5.28 NE 95 Saira Asia Interiors Pvt Ltd ~5.07 NE 96 Savli Bio Incubator ~3.87 N 97 Sayaji Packaging Pvt Ltd ~7.48 N 98 Schurter Electronics (India) Pvt. Ltd ~3.36 N 99 Seal for Life India Pvt Ltd ~4.24 NNE 100 Serap India Pvt Ltd ~4.96 NE 101 Sharda Industries ~5.43 N 102 Shedield Technoplast Pvt Ltd ~3.62 N 103 Shree Nathengiplast ~7.16 N 104 Shree Umiyaji Cattlefeed Industries ~6.56 NE 105 Shreeji Pesticides ~2.94 NNW 106 Shreya Ex Tech Pvt Ltd ~6.39 N 107 Shri Satyasai Engineers Pvt Ltd ~7.05 N 108 Solvay Research and Innovation Center ~7.11 NE 109 Soma Tech Pvt Ltd ~3.64 NNE 110 Sona Agrotex Pvt Ltd ~4.45 NNE 111 Sonaflex Industries ~4.34 NNE 112 Sondex Heat Exchangers India Pvt Ltd ~3.69 N 113 Standard Pesticides Pvt Ltd ~8.03 WNW 114 Steelsmith Continental Mfg Pvt Ltd ~7.62 NNE 115 Stellar Formulations Industries Private Limited ~6.68 NE 116 Supreme Steels ~5.50 N 117 Swambe Chemicals ~8.44 WNW 118 Swastik Lasertech ~4.49 NNE 119 T D Williamson ~6.25 NE 120 Tanvika Polymers Pvt Ltd ~5.14 NNE 121 Teadit India ~3.41 N 122 Techman India Pvt Ltd ~4.65 NNE 123 Teckson Steel Industries ~5.27 NE 124 Tharmex Pvt Ltd ~4.14 NE 125 Torrecid India ~7.09 NE 126 Trinity Energy Systems Pvt Ltd ~4.35 NE 127 Tunes Hardware Solutions ~4.06 NE 128 Uma Organics ~7.06 NNE 129 Uma Puf Panel ~7.10 N

EIA Report

130 Unity Enterprise ~2.99 NNW 131 Universal Esters Ltd ~7.22 N 132 Uniwrap Systems Pvt Ltdm ~4.36 NE 133 Vadodara Bhat Metals ~4.96 NNE 134 Vijay Tank & Vessels India Pvt Ltd ~8.60 WNW 135 Vishav Components Pvt Ltd ~3.45 N 136 Voith Hydro Pvt Ltd ~5.92 NE 137 Weatherford Dps India Plant ~3.61 N 138 Weatherford Drilling and Production Services ~2.94 NNW 139 Western Electrotrans Pvt Limited ~8.23 WNW 140 Wms Technologies Pvt Ltd ~4.51 NNE 141 Zeal Engineers ~5.11 NE 142 Zion Engineering Works ~7.04 N 143 Zytex Biotech Pvt Ltd ~4.22 N Note: Actual number of Industries is much higher than the identified industries.

2.5 Project Cost

The estimated cost for the proposed projects in approx as follows

S. No. Proposed Project Project Cost (Crores) 1 Oxo/Acrylics project 3517 2 KAHSPL project 906 3 TTL Facilities 131 Total 4554

2.6 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation

The Time Schedule for completion of the proposed project is given below

S. No. Particulars Time Schedule 1 EC Aug 2019 2 Consent to Establish from GPCB Nov 2019 3 Civil Works Jan 2020 4 Erection & Installation of Machinery 2020-2021 5 Commissioning 2022 6 Consent to Operate from GPCB 2022

2.7 Project Details

2.7.1 Existing Facility Description LPG Terminal

The existing LPG marketing Terminal covers 250 Acres of land. The plant has a total Capacity of 120 TMTPA LPG bottling capacity. LPG is received through 12” Dia.

EIA Report pipelines from Gujarat Refinery are stored in 6 Mounded bullets (1388 x 5 Nos. and 1410 x 1 Nos.) with total capacity of 8350MT. The annual thru put of the terminal is 0.72 MMTPA. There are 16 automated LPF Tank truck gantry bays available inside the facility. During excess pressure a cold flare is provided with 12TPH capacity. Approx 100 Tank trucks loading is done per day with thru put capacity of 1800 MT. Existing IOTL Terminal layout given in Figure 2-7, LPG Terminal Layout given in Figure 2-8 and proposed layouts are given as Figure 2-9 and Figure 2-10 (Annexure 8).

Schematic diagram of LPG Marketing Terminal

2.7.1.1 Bottling Plant

The empty LPG cylinders shall be received through trucks and unloaded at empty cylinder shed. The cylinders shall then be segregated, washed and dried. The cylinders shall be filled with LPG in the filling machines in Carousel machines. The cylinders shall be sent for weight checks and then for leak check. After the checking, cylinders shall be sent to filling cum loading shed. The cylinders shall be then loaded in trucks and dispatched to the customers.

EIA Report

2.7.1.2 Cylinder Filling & Storage Area

The sides of the pump/compressor house are kept open to facilitate adequate ventilation and there is no depression or ditches surrounding the Pump House.

2.7.1.3 Tank Truck Loading Bay

LPG Tank Truck loading facility has been located away from other facilities maintaining sufficient distances as per the OISD standards.

2.7.2 Existing Facility IOTL White Oil Terminal

The Existing IOTL white oil terminal covers 50 acres of land. The current facility is used for storage of Petrol (3000 KL x 5 No), HSD (15000 KL x 3 No and 5000 KL x 1No), kerosene (5000 KL x 3), Ethanol (2 x 100KL, 1 x 3) and There are 20 automated Tank truck loading gantry which can load 350 to 400 Tank trucks per day.

Schematic diagrams of IOTL plant

Each terminal has its own Administration building, parking, fire water pump house, air compressors, loading pumps and weighing bridges etc.

2.7.3 Existing Utilities:

The details of existing storage tanks at LPG terminal are as follows:

S. Tank Material Safe Filling TYPE of HT Length Class of No. No Capacity storage Tank (M) ID (M) Material (MT) 1 MB 01 LPG 1388.178 Mounded bullet 7 79.056 A 2 MB 02 LPG 1388.178 Mounded bullet 7 79.056 A

EIA Report

3 MB 03 LPG 1388.178 Mounded bullet 7 79.056 A 4 MB 04 LPG 1388.178 Mounded bullet 7 79.056 A 5 MB 05 LPG 1388.178 Mounded bullet 7 79.056 A 6 MB 06 LPG 1410.750 Mounded bullet 7 80 A

The details of existing storage tanks at IOTL terminal are as follows:

Nom. S Tank Roof Size Product Class Capacity No No Type Dia (m) Height (m) (KL) 1 T01A FR MS 16 12 A 2425 2 T01B FR MS 16 12 A 2425 3 T01C FR MS 16 12 A 2425 4 T01D FR MS 16 12 A 2425 5 T01E FR MS 16 12 A 2124 6 TAGC Ethanol 4.5 15 A 207 7 TUGB Ethanol 2.989 10.5 A 74 Sub Total of Class -A 12105 8 T02A CR SKO 20 16 B 4730 9 T02B CR SKO 20 16 B 4730 10 T02C CR DHPP-A 20 16 B 4730 11 T02D CR SKO 20 16 B 4730 12 T03A CR HSD 35.65 14.3 B 14365 13 T03B CR HSD 35.65 14.3 B 14365 14 T03C CR HSD 35.65 14.3 B 14365 Sub Total of Class -B 62015 Bio 15 TUGA Diesel 2.989 10.5 C 74 Sub Total of Class -C 74 Total Storage 74194

Details of associated facilities are as follows

S. No List Dimensions 2 gantries of 10 Bays each & 1 Tank Lorry Filling Bays 1 gantry of 4 bays 2 Pump House 32 m X 6 m 3 Administrative Building 300 Sq.m 4 S&D Block 10 m X 8 m 5 Amenities Block 200 Sq. m 6 Security Kiosk 2 No s (3 m X 5m) 7 Lt Substation 45 m X 10 m 8 Ht Substation 14 m X 6 m

EIA Report

9 Foam Pump House 4m X 6m 10 Fire Fighting Pump House 28 m X 8m 11 Fire Water Tanks 2 No s X 14.8 m Dia. X 16 m Ht 12 Calibration Tower 7m X 8 m 13 Control Room 16 m X 12 m 14 Sample Room 5 m X 4 m 15 Ows 12 m X 8 m 16 Record Room 15 m X 10 m 17 Dg Room 14 m X 7 m

2.7.3.1 Existing pipelines from JR to Dumad

The details of existing pipelines from JR to Dumad facility are provided below

S. No Product Dia. (Inches) 1 LABFS line to Nirma 14 2 LPG line to LPG terminal DUMAD 12 3 MS line to VWOT (Vadodara White Oil terminal) Dumad 10 4 SKO line to VWOT 14 5 HSD line to VWOT 18 6 FO/LDO line to VBOT (Vadodara Black Oil Terminal) 12

2.7.3.2 Gas Monitoring System

The LPG Terminal is equipped with a Gas Monitoring System, which is used to monitor the concentration of leakage in the Terminal. This system is having sensors, which are placed at strategic places in the licensed area. These sensors sense the leakages in its area and gives audio visual signal in Control Room along with the leakage in percentage of LEL. This also indicates the area of leakage. This system is having two levels, one is warning level and the other is alarm level. If the signal is in the form of warning level, then it can be acknowledged through panel in Control Room and the audio signal stops. However, if the signal is the alarm one then the ESD is operated and the leakage has to be attended and arrested which will result in stopping the audio and visual signal on the panel.

2.7.3.3 Fire protection system

Fire water System- LPG Terminal

EIA Report

Water for firefighting is stored in 2 Nos. Mild Steel above ground tanks of 4000 KL capacity. Water storage capacity is adequate to fight fire for 4 hrs conforming to OISD- 144.

Fire hydrant pipelines used to supply water under pressure to various places within Terminal and parking area.

The fire hydrant system consists of:

(a) Double Fire hydrant posts and monitors (b) Diesel driven fire water pumps (c) Fire water storage tanks

The fire hydrant mains cover the entire Terminal. The number of fire monitors and hydrant points provided are given below.

Item Terminal Facilities Fire water Monitors 55 Nos. Double Fire hydrant points 56 Nos. Single Headed hydrant point 04 Nos. Fire extinguishers DCP-10KG- 107 Nos. DCP-25KG- 05 Nos. DCP-75 KG- 05 Nos. CO2- 35 Nos. Total 267 Nos.

FIRE WATER STOARGE TANK NO. CAPACITY (KL) FW01 4000 FW02 4000 Static water Tank 70 Total 8070

FIRE ENGINES S. No Engine Type EACH FIRE FIGHTING PUMP CAPACITY (KL / hr) 1 Diesel Engine x 3 No 615 2 Electrical x 2 No 615

EIA Report

Fire water System- IOTL White Oil Terminal The fire protection system conforms to OISD-117 guidelines. a) Fire water system with fire hydrants and monitors covering the entire TML. b) Portable fire extinguishers and foam monitors for firefighting operations c) Fire fighting, first aid and safety appliances.

Fire Water System Water for firefighting is stored in 2 Nos. Mild Steel above ground tanks of 5000 KL capacity. Water storage capacity is adequate to fight fire for 4 hrs conforming to OISD- 117.

Fire hydrant pipelines convey water to various places within the TML. The fire hydrant system consists of: a) Fire hydrant mains and pipelines b) Double Fire hydrant posts and monitors c) Diesel driven fire water pumps d) Fire water storage tanks

The fire hydrant mains cover the entire Terminal. Details of fire monitors and hydrant points provided are given below.

Fire Monitors 26 Nos. Double Fire hydrant points 40 Nos. CO2 Flooding System 9 Nos. Cylinder’s of 45 kg Fire extinguishers details DCP (10 Kg)- 120 +19 (store) DCP (75 Kg) - 4 Nos. DCP (50Kg) - 1 Nos. DCP (25Kg) - 12 Nos. CO2-(6.5 Kg) - 6 Nos. CO2 - (4.5 kg) -19 Nos. CO2 -(22.5 Kg) - 1 Nos. Total - 182 Nos.

FIRE WATER STOARGE CAPACITY (KL) FW01 2500 FW01 2500 Static Water Tank 70 TOTAL CAPACITY 5070

EIA Report

FIRE ENGINES S. No. Type of Engine CAPACITY (KL/Hr) 1 Diesel 616 2 Diesel 616 3 Diesel 616 Total Capacity 1848

FOAM SYSTEMS Foam Requirement 10 KL Foam Availability 6.0 KL 2.7.4 Proposed Facility

2.7.4.1 Proposed facilities for Creation of necessary facility for origination of Koyali – Ahmednagar – Sholapur pipeline (KAhSPL)

a. HSD PLT from JR and tanks at Dumad: HSD requirement of KAHSPL & IOTL is about 4.6 MMTPA which is equivalent to evacuation of 800 m3/hr, considering two shift operations per day. To meet the parcel size requirement for pipeline, 4 tanks of 30,000 KL are proposed. Cumulative capacity comes out to be 120000 KL.

In order to transfer the above material three pumps of capacity 400m3 each (2W + 1S) are proposed to be installed in existing Dumad pump house. Existing 18" cross country line (Koyali -Dumad) is considered to be sufficient enough to pump the material till Dumad.

The existing HSD piping is terminating at IOTL premises at Dumad. It is proposed to install scrapper receiving barrel at Dumad in IOTL premised and thereafter a tapping is to be taken to KAHSPL premises HSD tans via 19” Line. Dedicating metering system along with prover skid is proposed to be installed in the piping at all the three terminating points (i.e. JR end, IOTL end and KAHSPL end)

b. MS and SKO PLT from JR and tanks at Dumad MS & SKO requirement of KAHSPL and IOTL is about 1.7 MMTPA & 0.16 MMTPA respectively. It corresponds to flow of 250m3/hr for MS and nearly 40m3/hr for SKO. Currently MS and SKO are being transferred to IOTL Dumand via 10” dia and 14” dia pipelines respectively.

EIA Report

In view of the fact that SKO requirement at Dumad is only 0.16 MMTPA and may go further down in future, provision of additional SKO pump is not considered. For SKO two tanks of capacity if 5000KL are being considered at Dumad.

Present pumping time of MS parcel at Dumad is nearly 6 to 7 Hrs for two times in a week. Therefore, existing MS PLT pump can be suitably utilized for MS to proposed KASPL terminal at Dumad in the remaining time. As per project feasibility MBL for MS is 33000 KL and therefore 3 Nos. of 25000KL tanks are proposed.

Considering the above volumes, existing dia 10” MS line and 14” dia SKO line shall be interchanged for meeting future product pattern of MS and SKO.

c. ATF PLT from JR and tanks at Dumad ATF supply requirement of KASPL is about 0.36 MMTPA, which is equivalent to 70m3/hr considering two shift operations for a year. It is also proposed to install two pumps 350 m3/hr of capacity in the existing Dumad pump house at JR.

Considering the fact that all the ATF tanks are required to be cleaned on yearly basis as per IQCM guidelines and KAHSPL thru put projection monthly requirement would be around 30000KL. Accordingly, it is proposed to install 3 tanks of 10000 KL each. Further it may be noted that SKO and ATF tanks shall be designed with interconnection in between them so as to switch to either service based upon product demand. 12.75” dia cross country line is being proposed to transfer ATF to Dumad tanks.

d. PCK PLT from JR and Tanks at Dumad Considering BS-IV and BS-VI scenario, interface management between different products in the proposed pipeline, two pumps of 200m3/hr and two tanks of 10000KL each has been considered. 12.75” dia cross country line is being proposed to transfer PCK to Dumad tanks.

e. Pumping of fresh water from JR to Dumad The existing LPG terminal and IOTL white oil terminal have their dedicated fire water tanks. The two terminal fire water network are interconnected. Fire water source at

EIA Report dumad is in the form of an artificial pond with capacity if 50000m3. It is proposed to lay a 12” dia. Epoxy coated fresh water line from JR to Dumad in the existing ROW corridor.

f. Proposed Tanks with Capacities S. No Product Capacity Number of Tanks Total Capacity (KL) (KL) 1 HSD 30000 4 (2 in operation + 1 receiving + 1 M&I) 1,20,000 2 MS 25000 3 (1 in operation + 1 receiving + 1 M&I) 75,000 3 ATF 10000 3 (1 in operation + 1 receiving + 1 M&I) 30,000 4 PCK 10000 2 (1 in operation + 1 M&I) 20,000 5 SKO 5000 2 (1 in operation + 1 M&I) 10,000 6 LMW 5000 3 (1 in operation + 1 receiving + 1 M&I) 15000 7 HMW 5000 1 in operation/ Receiving 5000 Fresh/ 8 6000 3 (1 in operation + 1 M&I) 24000 Fire Water Service 9 6000 1 in operation/ Receiving 6000 water

g. Provision of circulation pumps at Dumad Product transfer to Dumad may be made from different tanks and at different times. This may lead to layering in the tanks. Therefore, it is imperative to have circulation pumps at Dumad. The circulation pumps can also be used for product transfer from one tank to other tank for same service. Circulation pump with flow is summarized below.

S. No Service Capacity 1 HSD 2 x 400 m3/Hr 2 MS 2 x 350 m3/Hr 3 ATF/SKO 2 x 300 m3/Hr

h. Air compressor details Two number of air compressor with drier and dedicated surge drum and interconnection between them facility is proposed to be installed with following details

 Flow rate of air – 250 CFM  Each surge drums volume – 4 m3.

i. Miscellaneous facilities Substation for power supply to hydrocarbon circulation pumps, (1 x 1500 kVA) DGset, fire water pumps, feeder panels, transformer, MCC room, pumps shed, QC laboratory,

EIA Report air compressor shed, store, check and change room for operating personnel, parking, TPI collection PIT, OWS and open drainage system, road across all the tank dyke, earthing pit, high mast light for proper illumination, provision of tank level, pressure and temperature, MOV SDV to pipeline division control room shall be required.

j. Fire and Safety System Considering two major fire accidents at simultaneous location & four hours of fire fighting water requirement is calculated as per OSID-117. Total fire water requirement is nearly 4000 m3/hr. accordingly the following fire water tanks and pumps are proposed

S. No Service Capacity (KL) No of Tanks Total Capacity (KL) 1 Fire Water 6000 3 18000 2 Service/ Fire water 6000 1 6000

S. No Service Capacity (KL/Hr) No of Pumps 1 Fire water Motor Driven 1000 4 2 Fire water Diesel engine driven 1000 2 3 Jockey pumps- Motor driven 200 2

k. Plot Area Plot area for the proposed new project at Dumad will be approx. ~79.8 Acres including TTL facilities.

l. Existing Right of Way (RoW) Existing Right of Way (RoW) facility pertaining to product handled at Dumad are given below: Total RoW width 50 m Used RoW for Dumad/ Asoj/ Nirma 11.7 m Used RoW for KRPL 5.0 m Available for future pipelines 33.3 m

EIA Report

2.7.4.2 Proposed facilities for Creation installation of Tank truck loading facility (TTL) for linear Alkyl Benzene and laying of 9 Piggable, dedicated hydrocarbon service cross country pipelines in the existing Right of way (RoW)

a. Facilities at JR Dedicated LMW and HMW PLT pumps (1+1 Nos.) of capacity 250m3/hr with custody transfer metering system.

The same pump can be used for transfer of HMW as well to Dumad and therefore dedicated pump for HMW service is not considered. As per existing practice LMW & HMW can be pumped using single pump.

b. Cross country pipelines Piggable cross country koyali- Dumad dedicated product pipelines are as under

S. No Product Pipe Dia. (Inches) Length (Km) 1 LMW 10.75 12 2 HMW 6.625

c. Facilities at Dumad

Proposed tank facilitates are as follows

S. No Product Capacity (KL) No of Tanks Total (KL)

1 LMW 5000 (3 in Operation + 1 Receiving + 1 M&I) 15000

2 HMW 5000 1 5000

Proposed pumps for TT loading dedicated pumps & circulation

S. No Service Capacity (KL) 1 LMW (1+1) x 150 m3/Hr 2 HMW (1+1) x 80 m3/Hr

EIA Report

d. TT Loading Bays

Total number of TT’s LMW/HMW TT loaded at JR during peak demand is nearly 40-50 in a day. At JR, for LMW loading there are 5 days and for HMW loading there is one bay. During peak demand, these bays are in-sufficient to load all the TT’s in day time. Accordingly, in the proposed Dumad TT loading gantry 7 number of LMW bays and 3 number of HMW bays are being considered. Hence the proposed facilities under this proposal are adequate. e. Utilities 1) Power requirement for the proposed modifications is envisaged to be 0.5MW which can be met from existing facility 2) Fire water for fire protection, Plant & Instrument air requirement is proposed to be sourced from upfront facilities for KAHSPL at Dumad. f. Plot Area The area required for the new proposed tanks at Dumad will be approx. 6.2 Acres.

2.7.4.3 Proposed facilities for Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project

As part of integrating lOC's Petrochemicals value chain, feasibility for production of Acrylic Acid Acrylates and Oxo alcohols based on stranded propylene as feedstock available from lOCL Refineries was examined. Butyl Acrylate (acrylate predominantly used in India) has significant growth potential in the Indian Market with its demand expected to grow at approx 9% for the period 2018-2035. Currently, there is no producer of Butyl Acrylate (BA) in India with the entire domestic requirement (~240 KTA in year 2010-21) being met through imports. Oxo alcohols are primarily used as inputs for Acrylates production with other small applications like solvents.

The schematic diagram of the proposed project is shown below

EIA Report

a. Major Facilities Proposed in Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project: Acrylic Acid and Butyl Acrylate units along with associated offsite and dispatch facilities will be located at Dumad Syn gas unit and Oxo unit will be located at JR. Propylene will be supplied from PRU upcoming under J-18 project and from Mathura Refinery. AA Unit: Propylene from Mathura refinery and JR along with air is the major feedstocks for the Acrylic Acid unit (90 KTA capacity). Acrylic acid is produced by oxidation of propylene in presence of oxidation catalyst.

BA unit: NBA and Acrylic Acid undergo esterification in BA Unit (150 KTA capacity) to produce Butyl Acrylate, the main product from the project.

b. Proposed Storage Facilities: The following storage facilities are envisaged during the proposed expansion

S. No Chemical Storage Type Storage Capacity No of Tanks Name Period/ (KL) Tank 1 N Butanol Cone Roof 3 Days 1025 1 2 I-Butanol Cone Roof 7 Days 232 2 3 Acrylic Acid Cone Roof 6 Days 1583 1 4 Butyl Acrylate Cone Roof 7 Days 3617 2 5 Propylene Mounded Bullets 7 Days 1410 1

The product evacuation from Dumad has been considered by road only.

c. Utilities

EIA Report

The new utilities proposed at Dumad facility are as follows

S. No Name of the Facility Demand Units 1 Boiler 2 No (1 Working and 1 Stand by) 60 TPH 2. Cooling water system (4 x 4200 KLPH, 3 working + 1 10716 KLPH standby) 16800 KLPH capacity 3. Nitrogen 900 NM3/Hr 240 KLPH 4. Raw water from IOCL Jack wells 205 KLPH 5. Fire water Storage 1700 KLPH 6. Flare 17.5 TPH 7. DG Set (Stand by) 1No x 1500 kVA 8. 2 Nos of ETP of 190 KLPH and 150 KLPH capacity 340 KLPH

d. Piping Corridor The following streams are needed to be transferred through new pipelines Note: During Public hearing it was proposed for LPG Propylene and Raw water. However, after the detailed engineering the following are proposed  Normal Butanol  Iso-Butanol  Propylene  Raw Water

Existing piping corridor between JR and Dumad Marketing Terminal consists of six pipelines meant for LPG, Diesel, Kerosine, Fuel Oil, LABFS (Lab Feedstock) and gasoline transfer. The new pipelines can be routed through the existing piping corridor for which the Right of way already exists with IOCL.

Proposed Area The total land requirement for the proposed project is 65.5 Acres

2.7.5 Sulfer Balance

Detailed Sulfer balance given in Table 2-4 Sulfer balance for Proposed Facility

S. No Source Input Sulfer (kg/hr) Output SO2 (kg/hr) 1 Propylene feed for AA & NBA Units 0.0074 0 (as absorbed in catalyst) 2 LNG Pilot Burner for flare 0.00375 0.0075 Total 0.01115 0.0075

EIA Report

Note: The above are indicative values based on the quality of feedstock available. The balance is expected to be changed as per change in the feedstock quality. Moreover, adequate facilities to meet the SO2 specifications as per environment norms will be implemented.

2.8 Plot area

The proposed project is planned within the existing facility of IOCL located at survey nos 771 to 795. The total land area is 434 Acres. Plot plan is shown below as Figure 2-7 also attached as Annexure -7 and Green Belt Layout enclosed as Annexure- 8.

2.8.1 Site Photographs

Site Photographs of Existing facility enclosed as Figure 2-6.

Arial View of the Terminal Approach to TLF Gantery

TLD Gantry Green Belt, Admin and Utility Building

EIA Report

Fire Pump House Product Pump House manifold Area

Tank Farm Area Green Belt and TLD Gantry

Figure 2-6 Site Photographs of IOTL Terminal

EIA Report

LPG Marketing Terminal Administration Building Main Entrance to LPG Terminal

LPG Terminal TTG During Mock Drill LPG Terminal Mockdrill Near Bullet

Site Photographs of IOTL Terminal

Proposed Site Photgraphs

EIA Report

2.8.2 Land Area Breakup

Detailed Land breakup is summarized in

Table 2-5 Land use planning of the Project Site

Existing Land Proposed Total Percent Site Name (Acres) (Acres) Acres (%) LPG Terminal 62 -- 62 14.28 IOTL Terminal 48 -- 48 11.06 Proposed KAHSPL & TTL -- 79.8 79.8 18.39 Proposed Oxo/ Acrylics -- 70 70 16.13 Project Green Belt 33 111 144 33.18 Vacant Land 291 -260.8 30.2 6.96 Total Area Available at 434 434 100 Dumad Facility

EIA Report

Figure 2-7 Existing White Oil Terminal Layout

EIA Report

Figure 2-8 Existing LPG marketing Terminal Layout

EIA Report

Figure 2-9 Proposed Plot plan of Oxo unit

EIA Report

Figure 2-10 Existing and proposed plot plan

EIA Report

2.9 Process Description

2.9.1 Process Description For AA/AE Plant

2.9.1.1 Process description

This section represents the schematics and description of the plant which produces Acrylic Acid (AA) from propylene, and Butyl Acrylate (BA) from AA and n-butanol.

2.9.1.2 Process Introduction

2.9.1.3 Basis of Reaction

Two fundamental reactions are involved in MCC PROCESS. One is the oxidation of propylene into Acrolein and then Acrolein into Acrylic acid. The other is the esterification of Acrylic acid as intermediate with various alcohols into Acrylates.

2.9.1.4 Oxidation of Propylene and Acrolein

1. Main reactions

Propylene is oxidized in vapor phase over solid catalyst. Oxygen necessary for the reaction is usually supplied with air. Steam and INERT gas are injected into the reaction zone in order to avoid the danger of explosion and to suppress undesirable side reactions by the effects of its dilution. The reaction mechanism proceeds consecutively whereby propylene is selectively oxidized to Acrolein and the Acrolein is further oxidized to Acrylic acid. The stoichiometric equations pertinent to these reactions are:

(1) CH2=CH-CH3+ O2 ⇾ CH2=CH-CHO +H2O+340 kJ/mol

(2) CH2=CH-CHO+ ½ O2 ⇾ CH2=CH-COOH + 251 kJ/mol

In MCC PROCESS, each reaction is carried out in separate reactors. Two reactors are connected to each other in series, hence the product gas from the first reactor is directly charged to the second reactor without any separation process. It should be emphasized that each reaction can be independently controlled under the optimum conditions of respective catalysts.

EIA Report

2. Side reactions

Simultaneously with the main reactions, there are several reactions to a certain extent (Reaction mechanism shown below). Major products by side reactions are acetic acid, carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide.

As for small amounts of impurities, propionic acid is a matter of concern. It cannot be separated by distillation from Acrylic acid since its boiling point is very close to that of Acrylic acid. MCC CATALYST has such excellent capability that it can reduce propionic acid formation to a value far below the allowable limit through the improvement of catalyst performance. Several traceable amounts of aldehydes and carboxylic acids are also formed; they are formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, formic acid, maleic anhydride, etc. They can be removed in the purification section in MCC PROCESS.

Reaction Mechanism

EIA Report

3. Esterification

The esterification of Acrylic acid with alcohols is well-known reaction for producing organic esters. The stoichiometric equation is as follows.

CH2=CH-COOH + R-OH ⇔ CH2=CH-COOR + H2O

This is an equilibrium reaction; hence various methods have been proposed in order to shift the reaction to the product side. One is the use of excess amounts of either acid or alcohol against stoichiometric quantity. The other is the removal of the product and water from the reaction system. MCC PROCESS employs organic acid for butyl acrylate as the catalyst.

2.9.1.5 Process Features

Characteristics of MCC PROCESS are summarized in the following.

2.9.1.5.1 Acrylic Acid Section

1. High yield of Acrylic acid

MCC PROCESS employs a two-stage reactor system in accordance with consecutive reaction mechanisms. Oxidation reactions in both stages are carried out by very high performance catalyst. Expected Acrylic acid yield is higher than 90 mol%.

2. High recovery rate of Acrylic acid

More than 97% of Acrylic acid is recovered based on the following engineering philosophy and considerations.

1. Efficiency of Acrylic acid recovery from the reaction effluent in the Quench Tower is very high. 2. Optimum distillation conditions and column structures are selected so as to minimize the dimmer formation. 3. Inevitably formed Acrylic acid dimmer is duly decomposed to Acrylic acid and recycled for recovery.

EIA Report

3. Propylene Purity

Chemical grade propylene can be used as raw material.

4. High quality of Acrylic acid

The product purity is extremely high. Min. 99.7 wt%, despite the use of low purity propylene as raw material.

5. Most advanced “One Pass” oxidation technology.

Acrylic acid can be produced using a simplified oxidation process, where propylene is converted to Acrylic acid without recycling of unreacted propylene.

6. Optimum heat recovery design

To achieve most efficient energy consumption, the whole system is designed to recover energy efficiently throughout the process.

2.9.1.5.2 Acrylates Section

High quality products

The quality of products in MCC PROCESS is very high. They have passed the strict performance tests of various users and can be utilized as raw materials of various chemicals.

2.9.1.5.3 Stable Operation

a. Prevention against explosion

The first priority must be placed on safety and how to prevent explosion in the design and operation of the oxidation process. The possibility of explosion is primarily characterized by the limits of flammability. If the composition of a certain gas lies within these limits, there might be an explosion when sufficient energy for ignition is given to the gas.

EIA Report

Explosion can be considered in case reaction rate is extremely high with combustion – like reaction, and hence its characteristics are greatly affected by parameters such as temperature, pressure and quantity of diluents. MCC has conducted extensive experiments so as to clarify the relationship between these parameters. At present, the possibility of explosion can be calculated at any given condition.

The reactants gas composition of MCC PROCESS lies entirely outside of the flammable limits. The elaborate inter-lock system is adopted to avoid explosion in the oxidation reaction.

b. Prevention of Polymerization

It should be noted that Acrylic acid and Acrylates have a great tendency to polymerize spontaneously. This is often called the formation of “popcorn polymer” and linear polymer. Reaction mechanisms of such formation have not been clarified yet. MCC has carried out extensive work on how to prevent such formation. As a result, effective inhibitor system and mechanical structures are widely applied to the various parts of process.

c. Protection for environment

Various methods have been established for treating waste gas and water to meet the strict governmental regulation in Japan, and these methods have been employed and performed on the basis of wide commercial experiences.

2.9.1.6 Process Description

2.9.1.6.1 Configuration of sections

Process consists of the following sections:

Production section

 Acrylic Acid (AA) Oxidation section ------(U-100)  Acrylic Acid (AA) Purification section ------(U-200)  Butyl Acrylate (BA) section ------(U-400)

EIA Report

Auxiliary section

 Waste Treatment Section ------(U-600)  Utility Section ------(U-700)

1. Acrylic Acid Oxidation Section (U-100) In this section, propylene is oxidized in a vapor phase to Acrylic acid over solid propylene from the raw material tank in OSBL enters to propylene vaporizer (E-101) where propylene is vaporized by use of water (RW5). In order to prevent condensation, the vaporized propylene is slightly superheated by propylene super heater (E-102). Mandatory air for oxidation reaction is compressed by Air compressor (K-101). Air, steam and recycle gas are first mixed in Premixer (M-101) in consideration of explosion limit. Then at R-101 Feed Mixer (M-102), propylene and the gas from M-101 are mixed. The mixed reactant gas is sent to 1st Reactor (R-101).

In R-101, propylene is selectively oxidized to Acrolein with a small amount of Acrolein further oxidized to Acrylic acid. Exothermic heat of reactions is removed to inorganic Heat Transfer Salt (HTS*a) circulating the reactor shell side by R-101 1st circulation Pump (P-101A/B) and R-101 2nd Circulation Pump (P-102), and is recovered as 1.5 MPaG steam (MP15S) in R-101 1st HTS cooler (E-103) and R-101 2nd HTS cooler (E- 104).

The reactant gas from R-101 is fed to the R-102 Feed Mixer (M-103) where the air necessary for 2nd Reactor (R-102) is added supplementary. In R-102, Acrolein formed in R-101 is converted to Acrylic acid with extremely high selectivity.

The product stream discharged from R-102 is cooled to the specific temperature with the boiler feed water (BFW) in Effluent Cooler (E-106) and generates 0.2 MPaG steam (LLP2S).

Note: a) HTS Component NaNO2 40 wt%

NaNO3 7 wt%

KNO3 53 wt%

EIA Report

The effluent gas from E-106 is introduced to Quench Tower (C-110) where the gas is instantly cooled and Acrylic acid is condensed and absorbed into quench water. The product liquid stream containing Acrylic acid is obtained from the bottom of C-110.

The process vent gas from the top of C-110 is sent to Catalytic Combustion Unit. The process vent gas is preheated by Gas Preheater (E-141). After that, the organic compounds in the preheated gas react with oxygen to form CO2 and water vapour in Catalytic Combustion Reaction (R-140). Finally, cooling by Steam Generator (E-140), Mp15S Super Heater (E-142) and E-141, a part of combustion gas is recycled to R-101 and R-102, and the rest of the combustion gas is discharged to the atmosphere. Oxygen concentration at the outlet of R-140 is controlled by introducing fresh air to the inlet of R-140 for recycling.

The reason for using combustion gas as inert gas is to reduce the steam concentration of the mixed gas into oxidation reactor. It decreases the energy consumption and makes the catalyst life longer because less steam is good for the life of the first stage catalyst.

2. Acrylic Acid Purification Section (U-200) In this section, Acrylic acid is purified from an aqueous solution to the purity higher than 99.7 wt%.

Aqueous solution from C-110 bottom is sent to Light End Fractionator (C-210) where water and acetic acid by-produced during the oxidative reaction are separated from Acrylic acid by so-called azeotropic distillation. The solvent as azeotropic agent is mainly refluxed to the C-210 top section and surplus of the solvent is discharged to Solvent Tank (T-202) by C-210 Reflux Pump (P-211 A/B). The solvent in T-202 is also utilized as inhibitor solvent. Water and acetic acid separated in C-210 Receiver (D-211) are discharged by C-210 Distillation pump (P-212A/B) to C-110 as quench water.

The bottom stream of C-210 is sent to ACA Column (C-220) where both solvent and acetic acid are separated from the Acrylic acid from the column top. The effluent from

EIA Report the column top is recycled to C-210 by C-220 Reflux pump (P-221A/B) in order to recover Acrylic acid.

The bottom stream of C-220 is sent to AA Purification Column (C-230) where the heavy components are separated from the Acrylic acid. The Acrylic acid is collected from the column top and sent to AA dally tank (T-201A/B). After the confirmation of the specification in T-201A/B, Acrylic acid is sent to AA tank (T-209) as feed stock for GAA section (U-250) and BA section (U-400).

The bottom stream of C-230 2nd Reboiler (E-234) is sent to Dimer Decomposer (R-240) to recover Acrylic acid monomer by thermal decomposition reactions. The decomposed light fraction is recycled to C-220. The bottom stream is sent to HE_B Tank (T-604) as heavy end.

3. Butyl Acrylate Section (U-400) In this section, n-butyl acrylate (BA) is produced by the esterification of Acrylic acid with n-Butanol.

Fresh feed Acrylic acid, excess molar ratio of n-butanol to Acrylic acid and a small amount of catalyst are introduced into a series of two reactors, 1st Esterification reactor (R-411A/B) and 2nd Esterification Reactor (R-412A/B) successively. Water produced from the reaction is distilled by azetropic distillation and removed from the top of dehydrator (C-410).

The outlet stream from R-412A/B containing both product and catalyst is fed to Catalyst Extraction Column (C-420) to recover catalyst by water after cooling in R-412 after cooler (E-414) and C-420 Feed Cooler (E-415). Water as solvent that is distilled with n- butanol at C-410 is utilized to recover Catalyst. Recovered catalyst is recycled to R- 411A for reuse and sent to Heavy End Decomposer (R-460).

The raffinate is withdrawn from the top of C-420 and sent to Washing Column (C-430) for the separation/neutralization of small amounts of Acrylic acid and catalyst using water/caustic soda.

100

EIA Report

The bottom stream of C-430 including sodium and the water phase of Water Surge Drum (D-425) excluding sodium are sent to Alcohol Recovery Column (C-470) where n- butanol in the water is recovered from the column top. The top stream is sent to D-425. The bottom stream is sent to WW Tank (T-601). At D-425, immiscible components in the water such as n-butanol are separated by liquid phase separation and are recycled to C-410.

The top stream of C-430 is sent to Alcohol Topping Column (C-440) where the unreacted n-butanol contained is recovered from the Column top. The top stream is recycled to C-410.

The bottom stream of C-440 is sent to Ester Purification Column (C-450) where butyl acrylate is collected from the column top as product BA. The Product BA is sent to BA Daily Tank (T-401A/B).

The bottom stream of C-450 is fed to Heavy End Decomposer (R-460) to recover butyl acrylate by the catalytic composition reaction of heavy by-products using the same catalyst for R-411. The bottom stream is sent to HE-A Tank (T-603) as heavy end.

4. Waste Treatment Section (U-600) i. Introduction 1. Acrylic acid and Acrylates process require a waste treatment process which treats wastes from production sections by means of incineration. This process is the most effective for reducing organic substances and other toxic substances in the waste. In comparison with biochemical or chemical treatment facilities, this waste treatment section is compact and has several advantages in economically as well as easy operation. 2. The various wastes from production sections are treated in the waste treatment section as follows. a) Waste water from production sections is collected in WW Tank (T-601) and sent to waste water Incinerator (F-610). b) Vent gas from production sections is collected in the No.1 knock Out Drum (D-611) and sent to F-610.

101

EIA Report

c) Heavy ends from production sections are collected in HE-A Tank (T-603) and HE-B Tank (T-604) and used as fuel for F-610. d) Discharged flare line gas from PPY Vaporizer (E-101) is sent to flare header of Outside of Battery limit (OSBL). 3. Rain water and sanitary water are treated in other waste water treatment systems of OSBL. ii. Process description

Waste water, tank vent gas and Heavy end are treated in F-610. Organic Components contained in the wastes react with the oxygen to form CO2 and Water vapor.

COD is treated water discharged from F-610 is reduced to satisfy the requirements for environment safety on the spot. The combustion gas is discharged to the atmosphere from F-610 after the separation of a small amount of inorganic salts.

5. Utility Section (U-700) The various utilities for other sections are conditioned in this section as follows.

1. Steam High pressure stream from OSBL is de-superheated to make some lower pressure steam utilities. 2. Steam Condensate Steam condensate from each user is collected into condensate Drum (d-751) where the oxygen content of condensate is decreased with chemicals. Steam condensate is pressurized and sent to steam generators in other sections. Excess steam condensate is sent to OSBL. 3. Flushing Cooled Water (FCW) Flushing cooled water used for process is made by cooling the steam condensate with FCW Cooler (E-754). 4. Hot Water (HW) Hot water used for process line tracing is made by means of heating the cooling water (CW) with HW Heater (E-761).

102

EIA Report

5. Refrigerated Water (RW) 5 deg.C refrigerated water (RW5) is made by Refrigerator (RF-731). 15 deg.C refrigerated water (RW15) is made from RW5. 6. High Pressure Nitrogen (NH) High Pressure nitrogen is made by Nitrogen Compressor (K-757) using Low Pressure Nitrogen (N) and is stored in Emergency Nitrogen Drum (D-757) in case of emergency use to avoid flammable limits in the oxidation reactor. 7. Mixed Air (MIXA) Mixed air is made with instrument Air (IA) and Low Pressure Nitrogen (N) from OSBL in MIXA Drum (D-758). The oxygen concentration of mixed air is controlled approximately 8 mol%.

2.9.2 Steam generation and Power

Power shall be imported from Grid (GETCO). 220kV Grid is identified by M/s IOCL from GETCO (Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Limited). The electrical configuration for grid option includes the following items: 1. Transmission Tower 2. 220kV Double Circuit Gantry 3. 220kV Gis Substation (Full Service Continuity) With MRSS Swtichgear 4. Acsr Moose Conductor, Connectors & Accessories 5. 10T EOT Crane 6. Control Room DG shall be installed for back up during power failure and will supply power to users for sequential shutdown of plant. For Steam required for process start-up and plant operations, 60 X 2 TPH boiler shall be installed. (1 working, 1 Standby) Instrumentation – For ISBL and OSBL separate control system is considered. This system is standalone system and perform all the operations independently from control room and will have interface with ISBL control system through hardwired and serial interfaced for critical

103

EIA Report parameters monitoring and control if any. Start up boiler controls will be located in same room. DCS – For control operation and monitoring of boiler/turbine/BFW Pump and other associated auxiliaries of the power plant system. • MCMS – Machine condition monitoring (Vibration monitoring) of critical machines such as Turbine, PA/IA Fans, BFW pumps, compressors etc. Estimated IO count shall be

1830 excluding ISBL.

2.9.3 Nitrogen Plant:

Capacity: 900 Nm3/hr

Conventional and Built Own Operate (BOO) both the modes are evaluated. However, for costing purpose Conventional mode of N2 plant is considered. Followings are the main constituents of Cryogenic N2 plant:

(i) Inlet Air Filter:

A stand-alone self-cleaning cartridge type filter to remove particulate matter in the incoming air is provided at the suction side of the main air compressor.

(ii) Main Air Compressor

Skid mounted multistage, screw / centrifugal, water-cooled, integrally geared, main air compressor driven by HV induction motor is provided. The compressor is supplied with a pressurized oil lubrication system with pump, filter and cooler, antisurge blow-off valve & silencer, and water cooled inter / after / oil coolers, all fitted with thermo wells at the discharge from each cooler.

(iii) Air Refrigeration Unit

This is skid mounted modular refrigeration unit that chills the compressed air to about 10-15 °C from 40 °C, before sending to Adsorption bottles. The refrigeration unit uses freon (R-22) as refrigerant and shall be complete with an Air chilled exchanger (Shell & tube type), a Reciprocating Freon Compressor, Freon Condenser (Shell & Tube type), Necessary receiver, Necessary Instrumentation & interlocks, Safety etc. Each proposed

104

EIA Report unit shall be an automatic unit and shall be provided with a capacity control device (0 - 33% - 66% - 100%) and shall be turned down to depending on the load requirement. The unit shall be provided with a local control panel and shall have facility for the remote measurement of selected parameters in the central control panel.

(iv) Moisture Separator

The condensed moisture, if any in the air after refrigeration unit will be separated in this vessel. An automatic condensate trap shall be provided in this separator for the removal of condensed moisture. The vessel shall be made of Carbon Steel and shall be fitted with necessary level gauge & drains.

(v) Pre-Purification Unit Adsorbers

The Pre Purification Unit (PPU), a skid mounted unit is provided to remove moisture traces and CO2 from the air coming from the refrigeration unit prior to entering Nitrogen generator cold box. The unit comprises of two numbers free standing Carbon Steel Vessel with external insulation. W hile one of the vessels is on-stream, the other one undergoes regeneration. Each vessel is f illed up with Adsorbent material such as molecular sieve & activated alumina to eliminate CO2 and moisture traces respectively. The saturated bed will be regenerated with the help of dry waste air at high temperatures of about 180 – 190 °C and subsequently it will be cooled.

The waste air used for regeneration of adsorbent bed will be vented to atmosphere. These vessels are made of carbon steel with internal / external insulation and shall be fitted with necessary internals & instrumentation. The changeover of these adsorber beds and the regeneration cycle shall be automatic with the help of a PLC from the Central Control Panel. For this automatic change over, this unit shall be provided with suitable on-off valves.

(vi) PPU Regeneration Heater

This is an electrical heater to heat the waste air coming from cold box to a temperature of about 180 –190 °C, which is passed to one of the PPU beds for the regeneration purpose. The heater is a carbon steel vessel consisting of electrical heating elements

105

EIA Report made of incoloy sheathed, placed in number of banks and shall be fitted with necessary control panel. This heater operation shall also be controlled based on the timer located in the PLC. The heater shall be provided with necessary temperature switches for cutting off the heater banks depending on the heater load.

The heater unit shall be provided with necessary gauges, safeties and interlocks (such as low f low and high skin temperature). Alternatively, LINDEI at its option may provide steam heating arrangement for regeneration of PPU beds.

(vii) PPU After Filter

Two separate particular filters (2 x 100 %) will be installed for filtration of the air prior to entering ASU. The filter elements are cartridge type and will be placed in a carbon steel vessel. The dust generated in the PPU bottles will be filtered in these filters and prevent the dust to enter into cold box. Suitable provision is available to clean the filter while the plant is running. The filtration efficiency of these elements shall be 99% for 3micron particles, which is adequate for the proposed nitrogen plant.

(viii) Cold Box

Cryogenic Vessels & Exchangers required for nitrogen production and the related pipe work will be completely enclosed in a Cold Box in order to minimize the heat inleaks. Cold Box frame is constructed from structural steel members and the outside surface is clad with Carbon Steel Panels. The inner void space will be filled with perlite / slagwool for cold insulation.

The cold box will enclose aluminum / stainless pipes, valves & various equipment along with all instrumentation required. All joints are welded to the extent possible to improve reliability and to reduce the possibility of internal leaks.

The Cold Box will be kept under purging with dry Nitrogen to prevent any oxygen enrichment of the internal box atmosphere and the build up of moisture. The cold box shall be provided with necessary instrumentation suitable for remote monitoring & control from the central control panel. It shall also be fitted with necessary manual & control valves, safeties, interlocks etc.

106

EIA Report

For quick start-up of the plant, liquid nitrogen injection facility shall also be provided to the cold box from the storage system.

A brief description of equipment contained in the Cold Box is given below: a. Main Exchanger:

This is an Aluminium Plate Fin Heat Exchanger Block which exchanges the heat between warm air going into the column and cold products/by products coming out of column & turbines. This will be a single block of exchanger having various passes for process air, nitrogen & waste air. This exchanger shall be provided with necessary transition joints for easy inter connection. b. Medium Pressure Column

The cooled air from the Main Exchanger, which is close to its dew point temperature, is passed into Column for the air distillation. Nitrogen gets separated from the top of the column leaving a liquid having higher oxygen composition. Liquid air is obtained from the bottom of the column, which is transferred to the condenser vessel through a level controller.

This distillation column has Aluminium sieve type trays / structured packing along with necessary internals. The necessary reflux to this column is obtained from Reboiler / condenser that will be located on the top of the Column. c. Condenser

This is a brazed aluminium plate fin exchanger that shall be placed in a vessel containing liquid bath. This exchanger condenses the upcoming nitrogen from the HP column and provides the necessary reflux to the HP Column. The condensation of the nitrogen shall be achieved with the help of the vaporization of the liquid bath present in the vessel.

107

EIA Report d. Expansion Turbine

This is a radial inflow turbine, which will provide the necessary refrigeration for the plant by expanding the waste air. This turbine will be having an oil braking arrangement. The waste air coming from condenser vessel shall be superheated to about -153 to -148 °C in the main exchanger before it is expanded to a pressure of about 1.25 - 1.3 bar A which shall be sent to the main exchanger.

Turbine part of this unit shall be located in a trunking extended on the cold box whereas the oil brake part shall be placed outside the trunking. The necessary auxiliaries such as lube oil system, seal gas system, Instrumentation & Controls, etc., are fitted to this turbine.

2.9.4 Plant and Instrument Air System a. Introduction

Plant & Instrument air system would be required to supply air for the following utilities:

 Instrument air  Plant air  Service air for hose station and other requirements of plant The design and construction of the package unit shall be in accordance with manuf acturer’s standard and relevant international codes & standards. Same quality of Plant & Instrument air to be supplied to the various users through a common header. b. System Description

Compressed air is to be supplied by oil free compressor package complete with intake filters, inter-coolers, after-coolers and a knock-out drum. The air is first filtered in the suction filters to remove any solid particles and then fed to the centrifugal air compressor. The air, after being compressed, is cooled in the after-cooler and fed to a common compressed air receiver. The plant air is then distributed to the plant via the plant air distribution header. Plant air is automatically cut-off to users on low pressure in the air receiver. For instrument air system, compressed air from the common

108

EIA Report compressor is dried in air dryer packages. Each air dryer package consists of dual molecular sieve adsorbers with inlet and outlet filters. Dried air from the air dryer packages at a dew point of (-) 40oC at the discharge pressure is distributed to users via an instrument air receiver, which helps regulate pressure surges due to fluctuating demand.

2.10 Water requirements a. Existing facility

Total water requirement of the existing facility is 43.5 KLD of which fresh water requirement is 24 KLD. LPG terminal requires 19 KLD and IOTL white oil terminal requires 5 KLD. b. Proposed

The total fresh water requirement for the proposed project is 1.97 MGD of which 1.67 MGD of raw water is required for operation of Oxo-Alcohol Project and 0.3 MGD is required for KAHSPL & TTL project.

Existing and proposed water consumption details given in Table 2-6 and water balance charts are given as Figure 2-11 and Figure 2-12 (Annexure 9).

109

EIA Report

Table 2-6 Existing and Proposed Water Requirements

(LPG+ IOTL) Existing (KLD) Proposed (KLPH) Total (KLPH) ETP ETP ETP Effluent Total Treate Effluent/ Total Conden Treate Total Treate Effluent / S. Fresh Condens Fresh / Fresh Condens Remarks Description Water d Sewage Los Water sate d Water d Sewage No Water ate Used Water Sewage Loss Water ate Used Loss (a+b+ Water Generate s (a+b+ Used Water (a+b+ Water Generate (a) (b) (a) Generat (a) (b) c) Used d c) (b) Used c) Used d ed (c) (c) (c) Raw Water 1 Treatment Unit 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 20 0 0 20 0 20 20 0 0 20 0 Sent to ETP Reject Rejects Sent 2 Boiler 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 100 25 75 0 20 5 100 25 75 0 20 5 to ETP DM Plant 3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 Sent to ETP Regeneration

110

EIA Report

Figure 2-11 Water Balance of Existing IOTL and LPG Terminals

111

EIA Report

Figure 2-12 Proposed water Balance

112

EIA Report

Source of water Supply:

The total water requirement will be met from Mahi River. The total water extraction capacity of existing French wells at Head works of Gujarat refinery is 36 MGD (Head works manual attached as Annexure 10).

Currently, the water consumption of JR is in the range of 14 MGD. Hence, the future requirement of 1.97 MGD shall be met from the existing infrastructure.

Total wells capacity 36 MGD MoU with GSFC for supply of water from IOCL wells 9 MGD Well capacity available with IOCL 27 MGD Current consumption 14 MGD Balance available 17 MGD

So, Additional 1.97 MGD requirement at Dumad refinery will be met from JR.

2.11 Project schedule

Proposed project will be implemented in a period of around 44 months.

2.12 Air Pollution Control Measures

S. Control Description Unit Flue Gas Charecteristics No Measures Flow rate- 46000 Nm3/Hr Catalyst Sox < 110 mg/Nm3 Low NOx combustion Unit NOx < 240 mg/Nm3 Burner 1 AA/BA Plant C3+ < 200 PPM Sox < 110 mg/Nm3 Low NOx Inceneration Unit NOx < 240 mg/Nm3 Burner Contionouse gas Low NOx 2 Boiler PM, SO2, NOx emissions Burner

2.13 Green Belt

Existing greenbelt is 36 Acres with approximate of 25000-30000 trees and 111 Acres land will be proposed and shall be maintained as Green Belt. Existing and proposed green belt layout is enclosed as Annexure- 08. List of Existing plant species are given below

113

EIA Report

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name 1 Acacia sinuata Shikakai 2 Achras Sapota Chikoo 3 Adenanthera pavonina Badigumeli, Raktakamal 4 Albiza Lebbeck Sirish, Pilosarasio 5 Anong Squamosa Sitaphal 6 Azadirachta Indica Neem, Limbado 7 Butea manosperma Palas, Khakharo 8 Madhuca Longifolia Mahuda, Mahwa 9 Mangifera indica Mango, Amri 10 Mimusops elengi Bakul 11 Murraya Paniculata Kamini, Chulajuti 12 Psidium guayava Guava tree 13 Syzygium Cumini Jambu 14 Tectona grandis Saga, Segun 15 Kadam Kadam 16 Borasali Borsalli

2.14 Power and Fuel Requirements

The power requirement for the existing facility is met from JR. For proposed project the power requirement will be 17 MW to be sourced from grid. Acequacy of power availability from Grid is enclosed as Annexure 25

Power and Fuel Requirement

Capacity Details Existing Source Proposed Total (LPG+IOTL) GRID Existing power

Power requirement is 27 MW 27 MW Adequacy of availability of GRID Requirement met by Gujarat based power enclosed as Refinery Annexure 25 Imported LNG will be supplied to Dumad through extension of Fuel -LNG 5825 5825 - Dahej-Koyali pipeline being laid Nm3/Hr. Nm3/Hr. by IndianOil designed for 19155 Nm3/hr supply 40 LPH (IOTL) + Diesel (LPH) 235 300 Gujarat Refinery 750 LPM (LPG Terminal)

114

EIA Report

2.15 Manpower

The existing Terminals unit has a total of 72 permanent employees and 195 contract workers. Approximately temporary employment for ~1700 persons provided during contruction phase based on various skills and 632 persons including temporary and permanent staff during operation phase.

During Construction Phase S. No. Terminal Proposed 1 Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Terminal ~1000 2 KAhSPL & TTL ~700 Total ~1700

During Operation Phase S. Existing Proposed Total Terminal No. Permanent Contract Security Permanent Contract 1 LPG 46 76 39 -- -- 161 2 IOTL 26 80 -- -- 106 3 Acrylics/ Oxo 125 350 Alcohol Terminal ------+ + 580 and 55 50 KAhSPL & TTL Grand Total 847

2.16 Water Pollution Control Measures

Raw Water Treatment Plant:

115

EIA Report

(i) Raw Water Pond

Raw water as sourced from Mahi River will be stored in the concrete pond for both Dumad & Koyali sites. No. of day’s storage: 10 days’ storage is considered for sizing of the pond. Shape of the pond: Top surface is rectangular and towards bottom forms trapezoidal shape.

Civil work requirement: Earthwork, Embankment, Sand filling & compacting, HDPE sheet & Precast RCC panel laying, RCC work, Stone pitching etc. shall be considered to prepare the Raw Water pond.

RCC Pond is required for holding the raw water. Polyelectrolyte & alum will be dosed in this tank for settling of suspended solids.

(ii) Chemical Dosing System

Alum & Polyelectrolyte will be dosed by gravity into the raw water tank for coagulation and flocculation. Sodium hypochlorite solution is dosed on line through a set of metering dosing pumps into the delivery line for disinfection as well as for oxidation of the soluble ferrous iron to insoluble ferric form.

(iii) Multi Grade Filter

It is prefabricated MSRL vessels, placed in parallel streams, with frontal pipeline and valves. Under bed Gravel & coarse sand will be filled into this filter vessel. It absorbs the suspended particles during the passage of raw water through the filter bed. The filtered suspended solids are drained out through regular backwashing.

(iv) Activated Carbon Filter

It is also prefabricated MSRL vessels, placed in parallel streams with frontal pipe work and valves. Activated carbon having higher iodine value will be filled into this filter vessel. The purpose of activated carbon is to remove organics color, odor (if any), free chlorine etc. from water.

(v) Semi Treated Water Tank

116

EIA Report

The outlet from the Activated Carbon Filters is stored in the semi-treated water tank.

(vi) R.O Feed Pumps

The filtered water is pumped from the semi-treated water tank by a set of pumps.

(vii) Chemical Dosing System

Anti-scalant solution will be dosed on line through a set of metering dosing pumps into the delivery line for safe guarding the R.O membranes from scaling.

(viii) Pre R.O Micron Filtration

A set of micron cartridges along with their SS housings with inlet and outlet connections are placed in parallel streams for filtration of micron size particles and preventing them from entering into R.O membranes.

(ix) Reserve Osmosis Plant

Complete reverse osmosis unit comprising of a set of multistage high pressure pumps, a control panel box, pressure tubes, R.O Membranes placed in 2:1 array, MS powder skids for mounting R.O pressure tubes, low & high pressure switches, rotameters, conductivity meter, ORP meter etc. The R.O is designed for a recovery of 80%.

(x) Treated Water Tank

The permeate from the R.O Unit will be stored in the treated water tank for end use.

(xi) CIP System

The CIP system consisting of a set of SS centrifugal pumps (vertical, multistage) & a set of micron filter with housing and a set of chemical storage tanks along with pipe work and valves for cleaning the R.O membranes.

DM Water Plant:

Capacity: 65 TPH

(i) Dual Media Filter: For Dual media filters the under drain system would be header lateral type. The main requirement of this system is to ensure desired Silt Density Index

117

EIA Report

(SDI). Backwash and air scouring arrangements are made in the filter and separate pumps and blowers are provided for the same. Backwashing duration of around 10 minutes is envisaged with each filter backwashed at one time. System is designed to accommodate one backwash per day per filter. Sand and Anthracite is provided as media for filters. The back waste from DMF will be routed to neutralization pit. The filtered water from the pre-treatment plant further will be passed through the Activated Carbon Filters for de chlorination. Activated Carbon is provided as media for filters. Backwashing will be done by feed water.

(ii) De-Cationization (Strong Acid Cation Exchangers): De-Chlorinated water from Activated Carbon Filter is passed through Strong Acid Cation (SAC) units. These units are charged with weakly acidic & strongly acidic cation exchange resins. These units exchange all the cations with hydrogen, forming respective acids. The regeneration of SAC is done in counter current (CCR) mode. Hydrochloric Acid is used for regeneration of SAC resins. Power water required for regeneration is tapped from discharge header of Degassed W ater Transfer Pumps. The Acid is injected through acid ejectors into SAC.

(iii) De-Gasification: Degasser System Comprises of

 Degasser Tower  Degasser Water Storage Tank,  Degasser Air Blowers  Degasser W ater Transfer Pumps

Degasser Tower is filled with polypropylene (PP) pall rings. Air is forced from the bottom of the tower by Centrifugal Blowers, while the water flows down through the packed bed of PP rings. The carbonic acid present in the water splits up into carbon dioxide gas and water.

This carbon dioxide gas is stripped off and escapes from the top of the tower. The water free from carbonic acid is collected in the degassed water tank and is pumped to down-

118

EIA Report stream units through the degassed water pumps provided. The degasified water is then stored in the degasified water tank.

(iv) De-Anionization (Strong Base Anion Exchangers):

The degasified water from the tank is pumped to Strong Base Anion Exchangers (SBA) where anions are removed. The Degassed water enters W eak Base Anion & Strong Base Anion Exchangers. Here resins are in hydroxyl form (OH). The Strong Base Anion Exchangers is regenerated by Counter Current regeneration mode. NaOH (48%) is used for regeneration of strong base anion resin. The alkali is injected through ejector into SBA from the measuring tanks by diluting the alkali to approximately 5% for the SBA.

(v) Mixed Bed Exchanger:

The water from Strong Base Anion is then fed to Mixed Bed Exchanger for polishing so as to get the required high purity water for boiler feed. MB unit have both Strong Acid Cation resin and Strong Base Anion resin mixed in a single vessel. The cation resin is regenerated in counter current mode and the anion resin is regenerated in co-current mode. The regeneration of these resins is carried out in simultaneous regeneration, i.e. cation by hydrochloric acid and anion by Alkali.

Effluent Treatment Plant:

The major facilities proposed for the ZLD plant are

1. Reactor Clarifier 6. RO 2. Lime Softener 7. MEE - Multiple Effect Evaporator 3. Media Filtration 8. ATFD 4. MF - Membrane Filtration 9. Decanter Centrifuge 5. Treatment Plant The followings shall be major feed streams to ZLD:

1. AX/AA Plant - Effluent

119

EIA Report

2. OXO Plant - Effluent 3. Raw Water Treatment Plant Blow Down (RW TP – BD) 4. Cooling Tower Blowdown (CT-BD) 5. DM Plant Blowdown (DM Plant –BD) 6. Boiler Blowdown (Boiler BD)

ZLD Plant Selection Capacity: Combined ETP of ~190 KLPH and OWS of 150 KLPH

(i) Process Description A. Copper Treatment - AA/ AX Stream Collection Pit

The AA/AX stream shall be isolated from the other 5 streams and collected in a separate pit and shall be separately treated. The sizing of the collection pit shall be based on f luctuations in flow and characteristics. The purpose of the collection pit is for equalization of the stream. The collected effluent shall be pumped to a Reactor clarifier for precipitation of Copper from the system

Reactor Clarifier

The pumped stream, shall be pumped into flash mixer where the stream is mixed with alkali to elevate the pH of the stream to 9.5 -10 and also a coagulant/flocculant to facilitate formation of flocs to enhance precipitation.

Cu2+ + 2NaOH ⇔ Cu(OH)2 ↓ +2Na+

This clarifier performs both the chemical conditioning function and sedimentation function in one tank, yet does it in a more effective manner than in the case of the flocculating clarifier. In this clarifier, chemicals are added internally with a flocculating mechanism such as a horizontal paddle. Chemicals are added, the fluid mixed, and f locculation occurs in the flocculation zone of the tank. These materials are then directed toward the bottom and then will eventually rise towards the surface and form a sludge blanket.

120

EIA Report

The sludge blanket exhibits a density gradient where the particles closer to the bottom have a less discrete form, and the particles near the top become discrete and increase in size where they eventually drop out of the sludge blanket and settle. It is by contact between a settling particle and the sludge blanket that sedimentation occurs. The overf low from reactor clarifier shall flow into Equalization pit, where it shall be mixed with the rest of the streams for further treatment. The removal of Copper shall be most effective when Copper is Cu2+ state, which shall enable very low leakages (<1 ppm).

Equalization

Rest of the streams (OXO Plant Effluent, RW TP BD, CT BD, DMP BD and Boiler BD) shall be collected in the equalization tank along with the treated AA/AX stream from Clarifier. Since major of the streams entering the Effluent treatment plant are blowdown, the flow cycle of the same shall be helpful in sizing the retention time of the Equalization tank. Currently the equalization tank shall be sized for 12 Hrs HRT.

Lime Softening

The combined stream from equalization tank shall be sent to the flash mixer of the lime softening. The backwash and other wastes collected in the B/W Collection sump are added to the flash mixer at an equalized rate. The combined effluent is mixed with lime and soda ash in the flash mixer. Flash mixing is used to evenly distribute coagulating chemicals in water, allowing micro-flocs to form. As the precursor to flocculation, flash mixing increases the efficiency of flocculation and reduces chemical wastage, because the components need to be quickly and evenly dispersed. The overf low from the flash mixer moves into the flocculation zone of the Reactor Clarifier for further processing. Bypass to Lime softening has been provided to handle low hardness conditions in effluent.

The lime softening clarifier is provided to remove the bulk of the hardness in the process stream through chemical precipitation. Lime is dosed in the f lash mixer tank so as to precipitate the Ca and Mg ions (responsible for hardness) in the form of calcium carbonate and magnesium hydroxide. In addition, silica will be adsorbed by magnesium

121

EIA Report hydroxide and reducing the silica scaling tendency of the RO feed water and the evaporator feed water in the downstream process.

Lime dosed into the feed (in flash mixer) is aimed at increasing the pH, so as to ensure the conversion of bicarbonates into carbonates, which then form precipitates with calcium. The addition of lime also precipitates magnesium as magnesium hydroxide. The sludge will be pumped to afilter press for dewatering. In addition to removing hardness, the hardness clarif ier will also remove some suspended solids and large molecular weight organics (e.g. recalcitrant COD).

This clarifier performs both the chemical conditioning function and sedimentation function in one tank, yet does it in a more effective manner than in the case of the flocculating clarifier. In this clarifier, chemicals are added internally with a flocculating mechanism such as a horizontal paddle. Chemicals are added, the fluid mixed, and flocculation occurs in the flocculation zone of the tank. These materials are then directed toward the bottom and then will eventually rise towards the surface and form a sludge blanket.

The sludge blanket exhibits a density gradient where the particles closer to the bottom have aless discrete form, and the particles near the top become discrete and increase

122

EIA Report in size wherethey eventually drop out of the sludge blanket and settle. It is by contact between a settlingparticle and the sludge blanket that sedimentation occurs.

Mediafiltration

The effluent from the lime softener is pumped through a deep bed gravel filtration system to reduce suspended solids load on the downstream units. The gravity filtration system will consist of multiple filtration cells in an N+1 configuration i.e. normally all filter cells are in operation to reduce the surface loading rate; however, if one filtration cell is offline for backwashing, the required filtered water production can still be achieved without exceeding the recommended filtration rate. The filtered water is collected in a filtered water storage tank. Over time, suspended solids accumulate within the f ilter media bed, increasing the head loss across the filters. W hen the head loss across the filters reaches a set point level, the filters are being cleaned via backwash and air scouring. Backwashing is sequenced such that only one filter cell is backwashed at a given time. The backwash pumps supply filtered water from the filtered water storage tank to fluidize the media in the filter vessel. In addition, compressed air is supplied to scour the surface of the media and remove accumulated solids. The backwash waste will be collected in a sump and pumped back at an equalized rate.

Membrane Filtration The outlet of clarifier is mixed with the balance of the stream and collected in the MF Feed tank.

As part of the pretreatment system, a single stage membrane filtration system using Microza technology to remove suspended solids prior to being treated downstream. PALL Microza module is 0.1 micron rated PVDF (Polyvinyldene Fluoride) hollow fiber membrane technology that supports high and stable flux rates and constructed with advanced bonding techniques for an exceptionally strong module design. Each MF fiber under microscope is complete uniform sponge like (pores) structure. This highly porous structure can handle higher solids ratio.

123

EIA Report

The Microza Microf iltration modules are specially designed for municipal drinking, industrial and wastewater processing applications. These modules use proprietary, 0.1 micron rated PVDF (Poly vinylidenefluoride) hollow f iber membrane technology that support high and stable flux rates and constructed with advanced bonding techniques for an exceptionally strong module design.

The Microza Micro Filtration Modules operate in an outside-in mode. In conventional f iltration or single pass filtration, the membrane filter is perpendicular to feed flow direction. Solids are dead end f iltered by the media and are generally removed when the filters are backwashed.

For Microza modules, the membranes are placed parallel to the feed direction and only clean liquid passes through the membrane. This flow stream is taken from the top of the module and ensures complete utilization of the available f ilter area by increasing the velocities in the upper end of the module. Solids retained on the filter are removed via periodic backwashing, air scrubbing and chemical cleaning.

Microza Micro filtration (hollow fiber) membranes provide:

124

EIA Report

 A very high filter area (50m2) per module  A small footprint  Low energy requirements  Low system hold-up and efficient regeneration  High porosity membranes  Long Service Lif e – Lower Life Cycle Cost

The filtered water from MF unit shall be collected in the MF Filtrate Storage Tank. This filtrate water is further pumped into the downstream treatment Unit.

This filtrate also serves the purpose of service stream for the treatment unit and backwashing in MF Unit.

PRE TREATMENT PLANT

The filtered water is then sent through the pretreatment system which includes sequence of treatment steps aimed at preparing the feed for treatment through a RO operating at a high pH.

The treatment system is a proprietary process that offers several advantages, including a significant reduction in the scaling of RO membranes by silica, and hardness along with a significant reduction in the fouling tendency of the RO membranes by colloidal solids, organics, and biological growth. This, in turn, allows RO operation at much higher recoveries than typically achievable in conventional RO systems (which run into “barriers” to recovery due to fouling and scaling).

The operation at high recoveries significantly reduces the load on the downstream evaporator, thereby significantly reducing the energy requirement and life cycle cost as compared to conventional RO.

The treated water from the treatment unit is collected in RO Feed tank before being fed to the RO unit.

125

EIA Report

The waste produced during daily maintenance in the treatment is collected in the B/W holding tank and recycled to lime softening unit for further treatment. RO unit

The treated waterfrom RO Feed Tank is then boosted by RO feed pumps to be further fed to RO Units.

The RO system has two Units – RO1 and RO2. The Reject from RO1 is further sent to RO2 to recover further effluent. The permeate from stage 1 shall be mixed with the permeate from stage 2 to maintain the desired treated water characteristics requested by IOCL in the EOI.

Two RO trains (in 50% operating Capacity Each - configuration) are provided for 50% turndown of the plant and for ease of maintenance.

A common clean in place (CIP) system for both RO1 and RO 2 is envisaged. The CIP system is skid mounted with centrifugal pumps, a 5-micron cartridge filter, and isolation valves.

MEE UNIT

The RO rejects are sent to a multiple effect evaporation system for further volume reduction. A forward feed adequate effect shall be provided. The feed from the feed balance tank shall be pumped to a series of the shell & tube type heat exchangers using the vapors of each effect as a heating media.

Pre-heated feed from feed preheaters is fed to forced circulation calendria and then passed through the next forced circulation evaporator. The vapors from the preceding effects are used as a heating medium on the shell side of next calendria. The part of the solution is recycled back to the same effect to maintain the flow characteristics. Sufficient area has been provided on each effect to ensure effective heat transfer.

Vapor liquid separators mounted at the top of the forced circulation calendria with angential entry are provided to ensure the efficient separation of liquid and vapors. These shall be of adequate capacity with sight glass/light glass and manholes. For

126

EIA Report circulation, specially designed highly efficient axial flow pump has been provided. Product is extracted by means of a product pump. An efficient thermo compressor is mounted on the vapor separator 1 which compresses the vapors from the same effect and discharge to shell side of calendria – 1 as heating media. The dry saturated steam at 4kgs/cm2(g) is used as motive. Vacuum Pump is connected to a barometric condenser to maintain the desired vacuum pressure.

An agitated thin film dryer (ATFD) which follows MEE will dry the MEE concentrate such that baggable solid salts are produced at the end of the system. The dried salts/crystals are can be sent for bagging before disposal in an on-site landfill.

The Net sludge production - 4TPD @ ~70% Moisture Content and the Net Salt Production - 2 TPD @ 10% Moisture Content Sludge shall be largely composed of Calcium carbonate and Magnesium Hydroxide. And a small amount of settled suspended solids and Copper Hydroxide. The moisture content ranges between 70 to 75%. Salts shall majorly consist of Sodium and Potassium salts of Sulphates, chlorides and Nitrates. The moisture content ranges between 10 to 15%.

Oily Water / Storm Water Sewage System

Oily / Storm waters are collected from the process units by making en-catchments. The areas beneath process units will be covered with a concrete screed with a 150 mm high toe wall surrounding the area to arrest oil spilled. Low point drains will be taken from the above encatchment areas to the oily water sewer. Rain water also mixes with the oils collected in the encatchment boundaries. Excess rain water with oily water during heavy rains goes to the storm water system if it overflows the toe walls. Storm water sewage consists of both open and closed type drains with channels to drain nonprocess areas during normal and heavy rain falls. All storage tank dyke areas shall be connected to both storm and oily water drainage system with valves, which are normally open to oily water sewer and closed to storm water. The oily water sewer connection from dyked areas to be connected to a drainage sump at a low point in the dyked area.

127

EIA Report

2.17 Solid waste Management

During Operation Phase

During Operation Phase Total of 407.25 Kg/day of solid waste is generated of which 162.9 kg/Day of organic waste is composted and remaining Inorganic waste will be disposed through authorized vendors Existing (Kg/day) Proposed (Kg/day) Total S. No List of Items LPG Terminal & White Oxy Acrylics, KAHSPL & (kg/Day) Oil Terminal TTL

1 Organic waste 49.14 113.76 162.9 2 Inorganic 73.71 170.64 244.35 waste Total 122.85 284.4 407.25 As per CPCB 0.45 kg/ capita/ day

2.18 Hazardous Waste Management

S. Waste Existing Proposed Remarks/ Disposal No Category Method List of Oxo/ Items LPG White Oil Acrylics, Terminal Terminal KAhSPL & TTL Sent to Authorized Tank Bottom 1 3.3 0.5 TPA 40 TPA 3 TPA Vendors. Sludge CHWIF Site Spend Oil Sent to Authorized 2 5.1 1.98 0.15 0.15 (KLPA) Vendors. Discarded Collection storage and 0.5 400 3 Drums/ 33.3 -- decontamination within MTPM Nos./Year Container Facility Sent to Authorized Paints and 0.14 Vendors. 4 21.1 -- -- Coating T/Month (M/s. Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (RSPL), Panoli

128

EIA Report

The net sludge production is 4 T/d (moisture content 70%) and net Salt production is 2 T/d (moisture content 10%). Sludge shall be largely composed of Calcium Carbonate and Magnesium Hydroxide and a small amount of Total Salt settled suspended solids from ZLD 5 35.3 -- -- 4.05 MEE and Copper Hydroxide. (TPD) The moisture content ranges between70% to 75%. Salts shall majorly consist of Sodium and Potassium Salts of Sulphates, Chlorides and Nitrates. The moisture content ranges between10% to 15%. Sent to Authorized Vendors. 6 ETP Sludge 35.3 -- -- 0.8 Sent to TSDF for land fill Spent Disposal as per GPCB/ 7 1.6 -- -- 50 Catalyst CPCB norms Oxidation 140 MT/ 5 Sent to authorized 8 1.6 -- -- Catalyst Yrs vendors for landfill CCU 4.8KL/ 3 Sent to authorized 9 1.6 -- -- Catalyst Yrs vendors for landfill

129

EIA Report

Chapter 3 Description of Environment

130

EIA Report

3 Description of Environment

3.1 Preamble

This chapter depicts the establishment of baseline for valued environmental components, as identified in and around the proposed project with an area of 434 Acres (175.63 Hectare) located at, survey no 771 to 795, Dumad Village, Vadodara Savili Road, Dumad. At Dumad, Vadodara, District-Vadodara, Gujarat state. The primary baseline data monitored covered three (3) months i.e., from November 2017 – January 2018, and secondary data was collected from Government and Semi-Government organizations. The primary baseline data has been generated by M/s. Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd, Chennai, and a MoEF&CC approved Environmental Testing Laboratory for the following Terrestrial environmental components.  Meteorology: Temperature, Relative Humidity, Rainfall, Wind Speed & Direction- Refer Section - 3.6

 Ambient Air Quality: Particulate matter <10-micron size (PM10), Particulate

matter <2.5-micron size (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2),

Carbon Monoxide (CO), Lead (Pb), Ozone (O3), Benzene (C6H6), Benzo (a)

pyrene (C20H12), Arsenic (As), Nickel (Ni), Ammonia (NH3), Total Volatile Organic Compound (TVOC), Total Hydro Carbons (THC)- Refer Section - 3.7  Ambient Noise Levels: Day equivalent noise levels, Night equivalent noise levels - Refer Section - 3.8  Inland Water Quality: Groundwater Quality, Surface Water Quality - Refer Section - 3.9  Soil Quality - Refer Section - 3.11  Ecology - Refer Section - 3.12  Social Economic Status - Refer Section - 3.13

3.2 Study Area

A 10Km radial distance with the proposed project site as the epicenter has been identified as the General study area for assessing the baseline environmental status.

131

EIA Report

The core study area is the project area and its immediate surroundings to the tune of 1.0 Km radius from the boundary. Further the Project Impact/Influence Area (PIA) is 10Km from the boundary of the core area covering Dumad village, Vadodara Tehsil, Vadodara District & Gujarat state.

3.3 Description of the Study Area

The site is located approximately 1.4 km away from the Pilol railway Station towards NNE, 9.3 Km from Vadodara railway station towards SSW and 5.6 Km from Vadodara Airport towards SE. State Highway 158 is adjacent to site towards West, Ahmedabad – Vadodara Expressway is 2.2 Km towards SW and NH-8 (Mumbai- Ahmedabad). is 3.1 km away from site. An overall idea of the study area with reference to the physical conditions are presented for better understanding in the following sections before proceeding into the section on the prevailing environmental conditions of the study area. The map showing the satellite image study area of Projectsite is given in Figure 3-1 and Topo Map of the study area is given in Figure 3-2.

132

EIA Report

Figure 3-1 Map showing the Satellite Image of the study area of Project

133

EIA Report

Figure 3-2 Topo Map of the Study area

134

EIA Report

3.4 Environmentally/Ecologically Sensitive areas

The details of environmental sensitive areas covering within 15 km from project boundary is given in Table 3-1 and Figure 3-3.

Table 3-1:Environmentally Sensitive Areas within 15km from Project Boundary

S. No Areas Distance & Direction from project boundary

1 Areas protected under None within 15 km international conventions, national or local legislation for their ecological, landscape, cultural or other related value 2 Areas which are important or None within 15 km sensitive for ecological reasons – Wetlands, Watercourses or other water bodies, coastal zone, biospheres, mountains, forests 3 Areas used by protected, None within 15km important or sensitive species of flora or fauna for breeding, nesting, foraging, resting, over wintering, migration 4 Inland, coastal, marine or None within 15 km underground waters 5 State, National boundaries None within 15 km 6 Routes or facilities used by the None within 15 km public for access to recreation or other tourist, pilgrim areas 7 Defence installations Nil 8 Densely populated or built-up Dumad area is surrounded by small villages like Virod (ESE), area (Nearest Town, City, ASOJ 0.9 Km (NNW), Sisva 1.4 Km (W), Ganpatpura 1.1 km District) (SSW). However, most part of theVadodara city, will fall within15 Km, which is having population more than 16 lakhs.

9 Areas occupied by sensitive S. List of Sensitive Areas Distance Direction man-made land uses No. (km) (hospitals, schools, places of The Maharaj Sayaji 8.22 SSW worship, community facilities) 1 Rao University of Baroda 2 Madurai Kamraj University 10 SSW 3 GSFC University 6.42 WSW 4 Medical College of Baroda 10.28 SSW 5 Navrachana School Sama 6.89 SSW 6 Sanskriti School of Business 4.85 SSE MS Patel Institute of 8.43 SSW 7 Management 8 Cygnus world school 5.6 SSE 9 Bright day school 6.7 SSE 10 American School of Baroda 9.6 SE

135

EIA Report

11 Bright School 8.28 S 12 Ganga –Jamna Hospital 9.69 SW 13 Bhailal-Amin General Hospital 8.9 SW 14 SSG Hospital 10.14 S Metro-Hospital & Research 6.85 S 15 Institute 16 Satyam Hospital 5.95 SW 17 Tapovan Mandir 8.37 WSW 18 EME temple 7.52 SSW 19 Shree Swaminarayan Temple 8.64 S 20 Surya Narayan Temple 10.89 S 21 Kirti Mandir 9.89 SSW 10 Areas containing important, No high quality or scarce resources, (groundwater resources, surface resources, forestry, agriculture, fisheries, tourism, minerals) 11 Areas already subjected to No pollution or environmental damage (those where existing legal environmental standards are exceeded) 12 Areas susceptible to natural No hazard which could cause the project to present environmental problems, (earthquakes, subsidence, landslides, erosion or extreme or adverse climatic conditions)

136

EIA Report

Figure 3-3 Environmental sensitive areas map covering within 15, 10, 5, 1 km from project boundary

137

EIA Report

3.5 Physical Conditions

In this section, the physical conditions of PIA district are discussed in general and wherever possible references to the conditions prevailing in the study area in particular are also provided. The physical conditions are discussed as under:

 District profile  Drainage, land use, geology, Physiography  Natural resources  Climatic conditions, seismic zone characteristics and natural hazard

3.5.1 PIA District Profile

Vadodara district (erstwhile) is located to the South East of Ahmedabad on Vishwamitri River‟s bank. The district is known as “Sanskar Nagri” (City of Culture) due to its rich cultural traditions. It is famous for its Palaces, Parks, Temples and Museums. It is also famous as a ‟Gateway to the Golden Corridor‟, as all the rail and road arteries that link Delhi, Mumbai and Ahmedabad thorough Vadodara including Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC). Focus industries are Chemicals & Petrochemicals, Pharmaceuticals and Bio-technology. The district has 12 tehsils, 20 towns and 1,545 villages, of which the major towns are Vadodara (District Headquarter), Savli, Waghodiya, Padra, Dabhoi, Karjan and Sankheda. Geographically it lies between 72.51`to 74.17` Eastern Longitude and 20.49` to 22.49` Northern Latitude on the World Map. Geographical area of the district is 7548.50 Sq km. Vadodara district is surrounded by Jambua district of Madhya Pradesh on the East, Rajpipla town of Narmada district on the South, Anand district on the West and Panchmahal district on the North side. While, on the North-East lies Dahod tehsil of Panch Mahal district, East-South Maharashtra State, South-West Bharuch district and North-West side Kheda district. The population of Vadodara district according to census 2011 is 41,65,626 in which 20,99,855 persons live in rural where as 20,65,771 persons live in urban region. Density of Vadodara district is 552 persons per sq Km with sex ratio of 934 females per 1000 males. There are 12 tehsils in the district namely Vadodara, Padra, Karjan, Savli, Waghodiya, Dabhoi, Sinor, Sankheda, Chhota Udepur, Naswadi, Kwant and Pavi Jetpur. On 26th January 2013 a new district carved out of Vadodara called Chhota Udepur, with Chhota Udepur as head quarters

138

EIA Report apart from these 7 tehsils namely Vadodara, Padra, Karjan, Savli, Waghodiya, Dabhoi, Sinor. Vadodara district into consideration. Since district Choota Udeypur was formed recently leaving behind Vadadora district, Whereas, the study area is still under Vadodara district. According to Gujarat Forest Statistics report 2016-17 after formation of Chhota Udeypur, the Geographical area of Vadodara is 4113 sq.km. (Source: District Industrial Potential Survey Report, 2016-17, http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/2016- 17/29.%20Vadodra%202016-17.pdf)

3.5.2 Climatic Conditions

Vadodara district area, in general, being located south of Tropic of Cancer and in transition zone of heavy rainfall areas of South Gujarat and arid areas of North Gujarat plains, have sub-tropical climate with moderate humidity. The various season of the year are (a) monsoon - middle of June to October, (b) winter - November to February, and (c) summer – March to June. From March onward the temperature starts rising till it reaches maximum, as high as 41° C in some parts of the district. January is the coldest month of the year. There is an Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located at Baroda (Vadodara), where observation of climatic data is recorded since 1900. The climate of the study area varies from arid through semi and tropical type. The mean annual rainfall varies from 300 to 1100 mm. Hot summer commences in March and extends upto May. The southwest monsoon brings rain during June–September. The mean annual temperature varies from 26 to 28°C. The summer temperature and winter temperature vary from 37 to 43°C and 10 to 18°C respectively.

3.5.3 Natural Resources of Vadodara District

3.5.3.1 Flora & Fauna

Vadodara has a rich flora and fauna. The district is blessed with exquisite wildlife that is conserved through the wildlife sanctuaries. The flora of this region can be specified as dry deciduous type with huge presence of indica and neem trees. The entire flora of Vadodara as a district can be classified into agricultural hedges, ravine and small vegetation around the lakes and ponds. Kher, sitafal, baval, bamboo, caper, savar, gundi, limdo, armi, nilgiri, karanj, gulmohar, keri, Borsali, sag, jambu etc are the main

139

EIA Report trees found here. The areas of Vadodara also have rich in plantain of sag, shisham, khair, timru, dudhalo, sadad and mahuda trees.

Like its varied flora, the fauna of Vadodara is also quite vivid. Along with its wildlife, the district also has rich avifauna with varieties of birds being sighted here. You can spot herons, cormorants, ibis, stork, Hawks, wagtails, kingfisher, pipits, waders, Quails, Partridges, Pheasants, geese, terns, coots, crakes, water hen, pigeons, babblers, warblers, spotted owlet, common hoopoe etc. in Vadodara.

The forests and wildlife of Vadodara has wide variety of wildlife including hyena, leopard, Jackal, fox, barking deer, antelope, blue bull, python, mongoose, civets, Indian porcupine, Jungle cat, Indian Flying Fox, Langur, Indian Hare, rodents, wild boar etc. Flora and fauna of PIA are discussed in section 3.12

3.5.3.2 Forest Resources

There are 1545 villages and 866 village panchayat, 5 nagar - palika, and one Mahanagar-palika in Vadodara district (erstwhile). Part of the district is in forested region, dominated by tribal population. The Mahi river forms northern boundary in the western part of the district. The soil of the area is black in a large part of the district and it is saline near sea. A part of the Jambughoda wildlife sanctuary is in the district. Chhotaudepur forest is known for production of non timber forest produce. Chhota udepur is a proposed new district. Tree counting was done in 77 villages, covering a total of 32,683 ha of non forest area. A total of 633,011 trees were counted in these villages. Tree cover is moderate, although Vadodara city is a green city in the state. The tree cover has consistently improved in the district during the last decade. Nilgiri, Neem, Deshi baval, Gando baval, Mango and Goras amli are the main tree species. Other important species are Khijado, Teak, Subaval, Khair, Bamboo and Mahuda. Mahuda population in the district is about 1.23 lakh. In this district, tree richness is high as each of two dozen species have tree population over one lakh. Population of Eucalyptus has increased in substantial area due to preference of the farmers in agro-forestry. Number of semal trees declined at cost of other species. Gando baval is dominant species along streams, rivers and in the areas near sea coast. In this district, about 62.3 % trees grow

140

EIA Report on farm lands, 7.5 % in forest department’s plantation and the rest in human habitation, institutional compounds and miscellaneous areas. On an average, tree population increased at annual rate of about 5.2 lakh trees. Forest and tree cover in the district is above state’s average but is is below the national average. Eucalyptus, Su-baval, Teak, Bamboo and Neem are important agro-forestry species in the district. Tree Outside Forest and tree population in Vadodara district is given in Table 3-2 & Table 3-3.

However, after the formation of Chhota Udaypur district on January 26th 2013, there is no forest area in Vadodara district as all the forest region is restricted to Chhota Udaypur district. According to Gujarat Forest Statistics 2016-2017 the Forest area covered by Vadodara district is Zero sq km. (https://forests.gujarat.gov.in/writereaddata/images/pdf/GFS-2016-17-PCCF- 19012018.pdf )

Table 3-2 Tree Outside Forest in Vadodara district

Tree population Tree density Year in lakh Trees/ha

2003 82.96 12.21 2008 97.25 14.31 2013 135.66 19.87

Table 3-3 Tree population in Vadodara district

Tree population in area Tree density

Total trees in rural area 12,780,770 Total trees in urban area 784,890 Total trees in non forest area 13,565,660 (Source: Social Forest Department, Gujarat State)

3.5.3.3 Irrigation

Water Resource projects can be classified into three categories (a) Major irrigation projects where culturable command area is more than 10000 hectares, (b) Medium irrigation projects where culturable command area is between 2000 to 10000 hectare and, (c) Minor irrigation projects where culturable command area is below 2000 hectare.

141

EIA Report

The minor irrigation assumes greater importance for sustainable development of agriculture sector in the district. The Monetary Institutional aectivities are to be emphasized for bank financing schemes for ground water exploitation, water lifting devices, lift irrigation and micro irrigation schemes. The ground water potential of the district is as under. 263116-hectare area is under irrigation. Looking at the resources of irrigation, land irrigated area is as follow: 52584 hectares by Government Canal, 1,600 hectares by Private/Panchyat canal, 12639 hectares by Ponds, 150204 hectares by Wells and 13005 hectares by other resources. 1132 km. long Canal lies in the district. 2082 Government and 13,416 Private Deep Wells are used for the irrigation. 183 Government and 17880 Private ordinary wells are used only for the irrigation purpose. 9406 Private Deep wells are used for household purpose. There is one pond of Irrigation Capacity more than 50 hectares and, eleven ponds of Irrigation Capacity less than 50 hectares.

3.5.3.4 Agricultural resources

The district (erstwhile) areas have varied agriculture crops, both food crops & non food crops. Main food crops consist of food grains such as paddy, wheat, jowar, bajra, maize etc., and pulses. Other food crops are sugarcane, fruits & vegetables. Non food crops consist of cotton, oil ground nut, castor, tobacco, fodder etc. As per Season & Crops Records, there were 564043 hectares of gross area under various crops in the district, out these 235860 hectares were under irrigated crops. Figure shows further subgroups under Kharif, Rabi & Hot seasons. Description of Various Crops in The District During 2013-14 S. No Name of Crop Area Production Per Hector productivity (Kg) 1 Rice 371.67 672.21 1809 2 Wheat 403.6 12280.41 30427 3 Bajri (Kharif) 79 173.8 2200 4 Bajri (Summer) 95.8 2155.50 22500 5 Juwar (Kharif) 0 0 0 6 Juwar (Ravi) 75.2 172.76 2297 7 Maize 873.35 2266.96 2596

142

EIA Report

8 Tuwar 701.5 876.87 1250 9 Udad 146.4 131.76 900 10 Ground nut 308.1 72403.50 235000 11 Castor 261.64 627.93 2400 12 Til 7.25 5.07 699 13 Sugarcane 135.22 9649.14 71201 14 Vegetables 1504.58 25527.18 16996 15 Fruits 10.5 191.36 18225 16 Tobacco 35 45.5 1300 17 Cotton 1969.2 4360.08 2214 Source: Department of Agriculture, Vadodara. (http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/2016- 17/29.%20Vadodra%202016-17.pdf)

3.5.3.5 Mineral Resources

 Mineral reserves of Vadodara (erstwhile) include dolomite, fluoride, black trap, quatz, fluorspar, agate, gravel, marble, graphite, manganese and granite  Dolomite (7,200 lakh tones reserves) and fluorspar (116 lakh tones reserves) occur only in vadodara  The district accounts for as much as 98% of the total production of dolomite in Gujarat.  Fluoride is produced in Kwant taluka

Figure 3-4 Production of Major Minerals (MT) (2006-07)

143

EIA Report

Figure 3-5 Mineral Based Industries (Source: Vadodara District Profile 2005-06)

144

EIA Report

Source: http://www.gmdcltd.com/downloads/Geological-and-mineral-map-Gujarat.pdf

Figure 3-6 Geology & Minerals Map of Gujarat

145

EIA Report

3.5.3.6 Land Use & Land Cover

The total geographic area of Vadodara district (erstwhile) is 779399 ha. The Land use pattern indicates that 73.00 % is under Agriculture crop land while 9.2% is under deciduous forest. 4.43 % is covered with water bodies. Details of land use/land cover statistics for Vadodara district were given in Table 3-4 and Land Use map of Vadodara district is given in Figure 3-7. Land Use pattern of Vadodara district is given in Figure 3-8 (Source: http://bhuvan.nrsc.gov.in/gis/thematic/tools/document/LULC502/MAP/GJ.pdf) Table 3-4 District land use/land cover statistics (2011-12) for Vadodara district

Total S. Area in Area in Area in Division of Land Use/Land Cover Area No Sq. Km Acres Ha % 1 Agriculture, Crop land 5677.15 1402852.15 567715 72.84 2 Agriculture, current Shifting Cultivation 0 0.00 0 0.00 3 Agriculture, Fallow 403.73 99763.70 40373 5.18 4 Agriculture, Plantation 2.37 585.64 237 0.03 Barren/uncultivable/ Wastelands, 1.02 252.05 102 0.01 5 Barren rocky Barren/ uncultivable/ Wastelands, 161.78 39976.65 16178 2.08 6 gullied/ Ravinous Land Barren/ uncultivable/ Wastelands, 0.11 27.18 11 0.00 7 sandy Area Barren/ uncultivable/ Wastelands, 192.78 47636.90 19278 2.47 8 Scrub land 9 Built-up, Mining 8.43 2083.10 843 0.11 10 Built up, Rural 71.13 17576.58 7113 0.91 11 Built-up, Urban 159.52 39418.19 15952 2.05 12 Forest, Deciduous 717.62 177327.49 71762 9.21 13 Forest, Evergreen/ Semi evergreen 0 0.00 0 0.00 14 Forest, Forest Plantation 0.46 113.67 46 0.01 15 Forest, Scrub Forest 52.34 12933.48 5234 0.67 16 Forest, Swamp/Mangroves 0 0.00 0 0.00 Wetlands/Water Bodies, Coastal 0.92 227.34 92 0.01 17 Wetland Wetlands/Water Bodies, Inland 0.23 56.83 23 0.00 18 Wetland Wetlands/Water Bodies, 246.93 61017.64 24693 3.17 19 River/Stream/canals 20 Wetlands/Water Bodies, Water Bodies 97.47 24085.32 9747 1.25 Total 7793.99 1925933.89 779399 100

146

EIA Report

Figure 3-7 Land Use Map of Vadodara district (2011-2012)

147

EIA Report

Figure 3-8 Land Use Pattern of Vadodara district 3.5.4 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

Total Project Study Area: 370.26 Sq.Km. Land Use /Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area is given in Table 3-5 and land Use pattern of Study area is given in Figure 3-9. LULC map of the Study area is given in Figure 3-10.

148

EIA Report

Table 3-5: Land Use/Land Cover statistics of 10 Km radius of the Study Area

Description sq. Km Acres Hectare Percent Cropland 196.19 48479.53 19619 52.98709 Urban 77.56 19165.46 7756 20.94744 Fallow land 40.58 10027.52 4058 10.95987 Scrub land 24.47 6046.659 2447 6.608869

River/ Stream/ Canals 10.25 2532.826 1025 2.768325 Rural 9.33 2305.49 933 2.519851

Gullied/ Ravinous land 9.19 2270.895 919 2.48204 Reservoirs/ Lakes/ Ponds 2.69 664.7125 269 0.726517 Total 370.26 91493.1 37026 100

Figure 3-9 Land Use Pattern of the Study Area

149

EIA Report

Figure 3-10 Land use/Land cover map of the Study Area

150

EIA Report

3.5.5 Topography

Vadodara one of the most cosmopolitan cities in India is located to the South East of Ahmadabad on Vishwamitri River’s bank. The district is known as “Sanskar Nagri” (City of Culture) due to its rich cultural traditions. It is famous for its Palaces, Parks, Temples and Museums. It is also famous as a ‟Gateway to the Golden Corridor‟, as all the rail and road arteries that link Delhi, Mumbai and Ahmadabad thorough Vadodara including Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC). Focus industries are Chemicals & Petrochemicals, Pharmaceuticals and Bio-technology. The district has 12 Tehsils, 15 towns and 1,548 villages, of which the major towns are Vadodara (District Headquarter), Savli, Waghodiya, Padra, Dabhoi, Karjan and Sankheda.

Major crops cultivated in the district are Rice, Wheat, Sorghum (Juwar), Yellow peas, Grams, Oil seeds, Groundnut, Tobacco, Cotton and Sugar cane. The district has huge reserves of Dolomite and Fluorspar. Manufacturing plants of several private industry players, as well as Public Sector Units (PSUs) such as Gujarat alkalis and chemicals Limited (GACL) and Gujarat State Fertilizers & Chemicals Ltd. (GSFC) are located in the district. (Source: BREIF INDUSTRIAL PROFILE OF VADODARA DISTRICT, MSME, http://dcmsme.gov.in/dips/bip%20vadodara%20100812.doc%20fresh.pdf )

Vadodara district forms a part of the great Gujarat plain. The eastern portion of the district comprising the Chhota Udepur, the Kavant, the Jambughoda and the Naswadi taluka is hilly terrain with several ridges, plateaus and isolated relict hills have elevation in the range of 150 to 481m AMSL. The south eastern plateaus have the highest peaks of the district – Amba Dungar & Mandai Dongar 637m amsl. The rest of the district, the western & southern part, comprising of Mahi & Narmada Doab, is a level plain with gentle undulating terrain have elevation in range of 120 to 20m AMSL. The overall elevation ranges from 610m in east to 20m AMSL in south-west.

Physical map of Gujarat state is given in Figure 3-11 Contour map of the Study area is given in Figure 3-12. (Source: DISTRICT GROUND WATER BROCHURE: VADODARA by Central Ground Water Board, http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Vadodara.pdf)

151

EIA Report

(Source: https://www.mapsofindia.com/maps/gujarat/gujaratphysical.htm)

Figure 3-11 Physical map of Gujarat State

152

EIA Report

Figure 3-12 Contour map of Study Area

153

EIA Report

3.5.6 Geology of PIA District

The rocks of the Vadodara district (erstwhile) shows an age from Proterozoic to Recent but a striking feature of the district stratigraphy is the total absence of Paleozoic, and the development of only the uppermost Mesozoic rocks. The south westerly extended Precambrian basement of Peninsular India, the oldest rocks of Proterozoic age, are exposed in eastern and north eastern part of the district. Post Cretaceous sediments & major volcanic rocks rest over this south westerly extended Precambrian basement. Post Cretaceous sediments, Infratrappean and Intratrappean are exposed as scattered inliers while younger volcanic rocks unit as Deccan trap is well represented and so are the Tertiary and Quaternary, though the Tertiary records are not complete and fully exposed. Geology map of the PIA district is given in Figure 3-13

Figure 3-13 Geology Map of Gujarat

154

EIA Report

3.5.7 Geomorphology of PIA District

The Vadodara district (erstwhile) forms part of western the great Gujarat plain. The most of the western part, comprising of Mahi – Narmada Doab and northern alluvial plain is more or less level terrain, have elevation in range from 20 to 80 m amsl. There are some linear tracts, along Mahi, Viswamitre, Dhadahar and Orsang rivers, have ravine landforms, with typical head ward erosional featured gully formation in soft alluvium. The banks of the Mahi have high vertical cliff, 10 to 25 m height, generally on left bank; same way left bank of the Narmada also has high cliff of 10 to 20 m high on right bank. All such features of Mahi-Narmada Doab, like ravine features, high cliff along banks and entrenched meandering courses with dry and wide sandy river bed of intermediate independent river systems of the Dhadhar & its tributaries indicate mature river stage and also tectonic uplift of Doab portion in Recent geological past.

The central part of the district is low level undulating plain with low level plateau and few relict hills. The area between the Unch and the Orsang river have aeolian low level stabilized dune with rolling topography. The hilly terrains of north - eastern part have residual hill features with more or less flat topped plateau. Except few volcanic peaks – Phenai Mata Hills and Amba Dungar, all have plateau or ridge type features and are few tens of meter height than surrounding rocky dissected plain. The highest plateaus are in south eastern part of the district, marked with rift valley of the Narmada River towards south. Vodadara District is shown in Figure 3-14. Geomorphology Map of study area is given in Figure 3-15. (Source: DISTRICT GROUND WATER BROCHURE: VADODARA by Central Ground Water Board, http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Vadodara.pdf)

155

EIA Report

Figure 3-14 Geomorphology pattern of Vadodara District

156

EIA Report

Figure 3-15 Geomorphology Map of Study Area

157

EIA Report

3.5.8 Hydrogeology of PIA District

In Vadodara district (erstwhile) area, groundwater occurs both as unconfined and confined conditions. Saturated zones of unconsolidated shallow alluvium and weathered zones, shallow depth jointed and fractured rocks forms unconfined aquifers, whereas multilayered aquifer below impervious clay horizons in alluvium formation and interflow zones of basalts, inter-trappean beds, deep seated fracture zones, shear zones in basalts, granites and gneisses give rise to semi confined to confined conditions. Generally, the water table follows topographic configuration. The depth to water is greater in upland areas whereas in valley portion and shallow grounds, the levels are very close to surface. In hilly terrain of eastern, north- east and south-east part of the district, spring zones are seen in stream river section; also along the section of the Mahi, the Narmada and the Orsang rivers. The piezometric surface, mainly in alluvium areas of western half the district also follows the gentle gradient corresponding to subsurface configuration of deep aquifer zones. In major part of the district, in north and almost in eastern half of the district, the hard rocks, such as phyllite, schist, granite, gneiss, basalt and other sediments such as sandstone, limestone etc., form aquifers, whereas multilayered alluvium deposits form aquifer system in remaining central, south- central and western half of the district. The weathered basalts, granite, gneiss etc., covered by soil / muram and the valley fill & piedmont deposits form potential aquifer in the vicinity of rivers and on vast undulating plains adjacent to hilly terrain but their regional continuity and extent are limited due to heterogeneous nature of deposits with limited thickness and as such rarely exceed a few square kilometers. A map depicting the Hydro geological features of PIA district is given in Figure 3-16. (Source: DISTRICT GROUND WATER BROCHURE: VADODARA by Central Ground Water Board, http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Vadodara.pdf)

158

EIA Report

Figure 3-16 Hydrogeology Map of PIA district

159

EIA Report

3.5.9 Drainage Pattern in PIA District

The Narmada and the Mahi are the chief rivers of the district, flow along the northwestern and southern boundary respectively while independent small river system of the Dhadhar with its numerous tributaries flow in south central part of the district. Broadly, the entire district, as a River Basin is divided into these three basins, namely the Narmada, the Mahi Basin and the Dhadhar. The Mesari, the Goma and the Karad are the small rivers flowing northwest part of the district, are tributaries of Mahi River, and are part of the Mahi Basin. The Jambuva, the Surya, the Viswamitre and the Dhadhar, which flow through central part of the district and empty into the Gulf of Khambat, are part of the Dhadhar Basin. The eastern and the southern part of the district, drained by the Narmada River and its tributaries, like the Unch, the Heran, the Dev, the Orsang, the Karjan, the Aswan and the Bhukhi, constitutes the Narmada basin. Drainage map of Vadodara District is given in Figure 3-17. Drainage map of the study area is given in Figure 3-18 (Source: DISTRICT GROUND WATER BROCHURE: VADODARA by Central Ground Water Board, http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Vadodara.pdf).

160

EIA Report

Figure 3-17 Drainage Map of Vadodara District

161

EIA Report

Figure 3-18 Drainage map of the study area

162

EIA Report

3.5.10 Soils in PIA District

The soils of Vadodara district can be broadly classified into three groups. They are black soils, alluvial soils and hilly soils. Most of the area has deep, clayey and cracking soil with high water retention capacity and high production potential and soils have high moisture retention capacity due to clay called montmorillonite. This clay imparts high swelling and shrinking potential base. Most of the soil of the study area is black soil.

Alluvium is the main aquifer in the study area. Geologically the area is covered by thick alluvial deposits composed of hard sticky brownish clay and fine medium grained sand and kankars. These Quaternary alluvial deposits of recent to sub-recent age uncomfortably overlie the Tertiary sediments. Soil Map of Vadodara is given in Figure 3-19.

Figure 3-19 Soil Map of Vadodara

163

EIA Report

3.5.11 Natural Hazards in PIA District

The unique geo-physical setting of the state makes this region highly vulnerable to natural disasters like droughts, floods, cyclones, earthquakes, etc. In last decade either the whole state or a large part of it has witnessed extreme climatic conditions or drastic natural events. The state has suffered from the severe droughts and acute scarcity situations, desertification of swathes of the state where economic ravages continuously the fragile ecologies and environmental degradation. Moreover, drought, epidemics, floods, cyclones, earthquakes and other human-made disasters dominated the last decade. In the year 1994 Surat suffered heavily due to pneumonic plague. Drought years followed by heavy rains caused floods in the state.

In 1997, 12 districts of Gujarat were flooded, especially in North Gujarat, in 1998 South Gujarat and particularly Surat city was flooded and a cyclone struck Kandla port and other coastal areas causing colossal destruction. The next year again a cyclone and scarcity year, and in year 2000 the economic capital Ahmadabad was flooded, causing economic losses in thousand crores. The year 2001 witnessed the most devastating earthquake and the next year 2002 communal riots. These disasters have not just resulted temporary economic losses and casualties, but have put a brake on the development process in the state since resources earmarked for development are diverted to meet the needs of disaster and its aftermath.

During the last 40 years from Gujarat’s inception, 23 years have been drought years.3 Starting from 1850, 24 cyclones struck the state and 9 earthquakes out of which three has been highly devastating. South Gujarat and the central part continue experiencing the demon of floods. Gujarat is having concentration of chemical industries, particularly, in a stretch of 400 kilometers from Ahmadabad to Vapi, known as the ‘Golden Corridor’. Ankleswar in Bharuch District is Asia’s largest chemical zone5. The State being highly industrialized and looking at its multi-hazard industries, it is quite evident that these have the potential of causing multiplier ruinous effects. The state has a large number of chemical and pharmaceutical industries, petroleum industry, and major ports, which have, added to the state’s vulnerability to catastrophes. All through the recorded history, the state has endured natural disasters increasingly claiming more lives and causing

164

EIA Report disabling injuries and tremendous economic losses. In spite of improvements in prediction techniques, advances in telecommunications and better efficiency in emergency relief and rehabilitation, natural disasters seem to be occurring frequently.

Source: http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/76148/11/11_chapter%203.pdf

Figure 3-20 Flood zone and Cyclone Zone Hazard map of Gujarat

3.5.12 Seismicity

As per the IS:1893 (Part-1) 2002 of Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS), the project location/study area falls in semi-arid region and the climate of the area is generally hot. The project location/study area falls in Zone III, which is categorized as a Moderate Risk Zone. The seismicity map of India is shown in Figure 3-21

165

EIA Report

(Sourse: https://www.mapsofindia.com/maps/india/seismiczone.htm#)

Figure 3-21 Seismicity Map of India

166

EIA Report

3.6 Air Environment

Baseline ambient air quality assessment gives the status in the vicinity of site and is an indispensable part of environmental impact assessment studies. Significant changes, in predominant winds and weather conditions are observed in winter, summer and post- monsoon seasons apart from the local topographic influences. The baseline status of air environment in the study area is assessed through a systematic air quality surveillance programme.

3.6.1 Meteorological Conditions

The regional air quality is influenced by the meteorology of that region. The principal weather parameters that influence the concentration of the air pollutants in the surroundings are wind speed, wind direction and temperature. The meteorological data is useful for proper interpretation of the baseline data. It is used as input for air quality dispersion models for predicting the post project environmental scenario i.e. ground level concentrations due to proposed utilities like Boiler, Flare & DG sets, etc.

3.6.2 Meteorological Data Collection

Available secondary data pertaining to the meteorological parameters was obtained from the IMD Climatalogical tables. In addition, baseline meteorological data (primary data) was generated during the study period (November 2017 – January 2018). The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) i.e. IS:8829 and Indian Meteorological Department (IMD).

3.6.3 General Meteorological Scenario based on IMD Data

The nearest Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) station located to project site is Baroda(Aerodrome)(Vadodara). The Climatological data for Baroda(A) (22 20’ N and 73o 16’ E), published by the IMD, based on daily observations at 08:30 and 17:30 hour IST for a 30-year period, is presented in the following sections on the meteorological conditions of the region. The monthly variations of the relevant meteorological parameters are reproduced in Table 3-6.

167

EIA Report

Table 3-6 Climatological Summary – Baroda (A) (1971-2000)

Station Relative Predominant Rainfall Level Temp (oC) Humidity Mean Wind Directions (mm) Pressure (%) Wind (From)* Month hPa Speed No. Daily Daily (KMPH) Total of 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30 Max. Min. days Jan 29.4 12.7 0.5 0.1 64 35 11.5 12.7 8.0 N, NE NW, N Feb 31.4 14.2 0.0 0.1 55 27 11.5 11.2 8.3 N, NE NW, N Mar 36.0 18.5 0.0 0.0 49 21 14.2 11.8 8.3 E, SE NW, W Apr 39.0 23.2 3.1 0.1 56 22 21.0 14.3 9.9 SW, W NW, W May 39.7 26.7 7.6 0.4 67 31 28.0 21.2 15.6 SW, W SW, W Jun 36.9 27.2 119.0 4.4 76 52 31.3 28.3 18.1 SW, W SW, W Jul 32.6 25.9 247.5 11.2 87 74 32.1 31.7 15.6 SW, W SW, W Aug 31.5 25.2 258.1 11.2 89 75 31.2 31.1 13.3 SW, W SW, W Sep 33.3 24.6 99.6 6.4 84 62 29.7 28.2 10.0 SW, W W, SW Oct 35.6 21.9 24.1 1.2 70 43 23.8 21.6 6.7 NE, S NW, N Nov 33.3 17.2 23.3 1.0 61 40 16.1 16.9 6.7 NE, N N, NE Dec 30.5 13.7 2.2 0.1 65 39 12.8 14.6 7.4 N, NE NW, N Max. 39.7 27.2 258.1 6.4 89 74 32.1 31.7 18.1 Predominant Min. 29.4 12.7 0.0 0.0 49 21 11.5 11.2 6.7 Wind Directions 1st –South West Avg/Total. 34.1 20.9 785.1 36.2 69 43 21.9 20.3 10.7 2nd—West

As per the above IMD Climatological data given in Table 3-6 the observations drawn are as follows.

 Daily maximum temperature is 39.7oC and the daily minimum temperature is 12.7oC were recorded in the months of May and January respectively  Maximum and minimum relative humidity of 89% and 21% were recorded in the months of August and March respectively.  Maximum and minimum rainfall of 258.1 mm and 0 mm was recorded in the months of August and Feb, March respectively.  Maximum and minimum Mean wind speed is 18.1 KMPH and 6.7 KMPH was recorded in the months of June and October & November respectively. Annual Wind predominant pattern is from South West to North East and West to East.

168

EIA Report

3.6.4 Meteorological Scenario during Study Period

Figure 3-22 Biannual Wind rose for Period 2016 & 2017

169

EIA Report

Figure 3-23 Wind rose for the Study Period

3.6.5 Meteorological data during Study Period

The meteorological data of study period was used for interpretation of baseline status and to simulate the meteorological conditions for prediction of impacts in modelling studies. Meteorology Data for the Study Period (November 2017 – January 2018).

Table 3-7: Meteorology Data for the Study Period (November 2017 – January 2018)

S. No Parameter Observation 1. Temperature Max Temperature: 35.6oC Min Temperature: 17.2oC Avg Temperature: 27.5o C 2. Average Relative Humidity 60% 3. Average Wind Speed 2.2 m/s 4. Predominant Wind Direction North & North East

170

EIA Report

3.6.6 Atmospheric Inversion

Atmospheric inversion level at the project site was monitored; the results observed at the site during the study period are as follows

 Average atmospheric temperature: 27.5 0C  Average Relative humidity: 60 %  Average Wind speed: 2.2 m/s

The daily inversion level calculated based on the average temperature and average wind speed at the project site and the maximum inversion height is derived by the graph plotted based on the average temperature and average wind speed. The daily inversion level at the project site varies from 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6 PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM, November 2017. This is shown in the following figure.

Figure 3-24 Atmospheric inversion level at the project site

3.7 Ambient Air Quality

The selection criteria for monitoring locations are based on the following:

 Topography/Terrain  Meteorological conditions  Residential and sensitive areas within the study area  Representatives of regional background air quality/pollution levels and  Representation of likely impacted areas

171

EIA Report

3.7.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

To evaluate the baseline air quality of the study area, eight (08) monitoring locations have been identified as per the Meteorological data during the study period (November 2017 – January 2018). The wind predominance during study period is from North East to south west as per IMD, Map showing the air monitoring locations is given in Figure 3- 25 and the details of the locations are given in Table 3-8.

Table 3-8: Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Distance Type Geographical Coordinates (km) Station Azimuth Location of from Code Longitude Directions Wind Latitude (N) Project (E) boundary A1 Project Site - 22°23'45.45" 73°12'17.84" Within Site A2 Sukhlipur c/w 22°22'17.64" 73°14'26.43" 3.64 SE A3 Ekta Nagar d/w 22°20'48.07" 73°11'0.45" 5.25 SW BIDC Gorwa A4 d/w 22°19'42.69" 73° 9'55.27" 7.8 SW Estate A5 Dasrath c/w 22°23'7.20" 73° 9'19.81" 4.83 W A6 Sokhda c/w 22°25'22.51" 73° 9'59.26" 4.2 NW A7 Pilol u/w 22°24'58.26" 73°13'22.60" 2.38 NE A8 Alindra u/w 22°27'2.34" 73°13'38.13" 6 NE

172

EIA Report

Figure 3-25 Topo Map showing the Ambient Air quality monitoring locations

173

EIA Report

3.7.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Techniques and Frequency

Ambient air quality was monitored twice in a week for One (01) season (shall cover 12 weeks), i.e. during Post Monsoon season (November 2017 – January 2018). PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOx, Pb, NH3, C6H6, C20H12, As, Ni, TVOC & THC were monitored on 24 hourly basis. Sampling was carried out as per Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) monitoring guidelines at each location. Analytical methods used for analysis of parameters are given in Table 3-9.

Table 3-9: Analytical Methods for Analysis of Ambient Air Quality Parameters

Sampling S. No Parameters Analytical method NAAQ standards: 2009 Time Sulphur Dioxide IS:5182(Part-2):2001 80(24 1 3 50 (Annual) 24 Hours (SO2), μg/m (Reaff:2006) Hours) Nitrogen Dioxide 80 (24 2 3 IS: 5182 (Part - 6): 2006 40 (Annual) 24 Hours (NO2), μg/m Hours) Particulate IS: 5182 (Part - 23): 60 (24 3 Matter (PM ), 40 (Annual) 24 Hours 2.5 2006 hours) μg/m3 Particulate 100 (24 4 Matter (PM ), IS:5182 (Part– 23): 2006 60 (Annual) 24 Hours 10 hours) μg/m3 IS:5182(Part–10):1999 5 CO mg/m3 2 (8 hours) 4 (1hour) 8 Hours (Reaff:2006) IS:5182(Part–22):2004 6 Pbμg/m3 0.5(Annual) 1(24 hours) 24 Hours (Reaff:2006) 3 7 O3, μg/m IS: 5182 (Part – 9): 1974 100(8hours) 180 (1hour) 8 Hours APHA (air) 2nd edition 400(24 8 NH , μg/m3 (Indophenol-blue 100(Annual) 8 Hours 3 hours) method) IS:5182(Part–11):1999 9 Benzene, μg/m3 5 (Annual) 5 (Annual) 24 Hours (RA:2009) Benzo (a) IS:5182(Part–12):2004 10 1 (Annual) 1 (Annual) 24 Hours pyrene, ng/m3 (RA:2009) 11 Arsenic, ng/ m3 APHA (air) 2nd edition 6 (Annual) 6 (Annual) 24 Hours 12 Hydrocarbon NDIR Technique - - - Volatile Organic EPA Method 21 - - 13 - Compounds

174

EIA Report

3.7.2.1 Results and Discussions

The variations of the pollutants PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NO2, CO, Pb, O3, NH3, C6H6, C20 H12, As, Ni, TVOC & THC are compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), MoEF&CC Notification, November, 2009. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Data (November 2017 to January 2018) for the study area is given in Table 3-10 and trends of measured ambient concentration in the study area were graphically represented in Figure 3-27. Site Monitoring photographs are given in Figure 3-26.

Figure 3-26 Air quality monitoring photographs

175

EIA Report

Table 3-10: Summary of the average baseline concentrations of pollutants

Locations BIDC NAAQ Project Ekta Parameters Conc Sukhlipur Gorwa Dasrath Sokhda Pilol Alindra Standards Site Nagar . Estate A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Min. 63.5 49.2 67.1 71.2 68.2 48.2 52.3 57.2 Max 82.1 76.4 87.6 92.4 88.6 68.7 71 76.2 PM10 Conc. (µg/m³) 100 Avg. (24 Hours) 72.7 59.9 77.3 82.0 78.1 58.1 62.9 67.2 98th 81.7 74.1 87.5 92.3 88.6 68.7 70.9 75.8 ‘tile Min. 23.4 15.3 29.7 32.1 29.4 19.8 29.4 22.1

3 PM2.5 Conc. (µg/m ) Max 43.5 25.8 47.8 51.8 47.6 35.6 38.6 35.6 60

Avg. (24 Hours) 33.4 22.8 39.1 42.7 38.3 25.3 34.1 27.4

98th 43.5 25.6 47.2 51.2 46.9 35.5 38.4 33.5 ‘tile Min. 11.2 7.6 8.6 10.2 7.6 7.6 7.6 7.4

3 17.4 11.2 16.1 15.8 13.2 15.6 13 11.2 SO2 Conc. (µg/m ) Max 80 (24 Hours) Avg. 14.2 9.3 12.4 13.2 10.2 11.6 9.7 9.1 98th 17.2 11.0 15.2 15.6 13.0 15.5 12.7 11.0 ‘tile Min. 28.3 14.4 22.4 24.5 24.8 17.3 22.8 24.1 3 NO2 Conc.(µg/m ) 38.6 28.4 42.8 44.9 35.6 28.6 34.6 34.7 Max 80

(24 Hours) Avg. 33.6 22.8 32.5 34.8 28.2 23.4 24.3 25.4 98th 38.4 28.1 42.7 44.9 35.5 28.6 30.1 32.2 ‘tile Avg. 1 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Pb (μg/m3) (24 hour) (DL 0.05) (DL 0.05) (DL 0.05) (DL 0.05) (DL 0.05) (DL 0.05) (DL 0.05) (DL 0.05) Avg. 4 CO (mg/m3) 0.41 0.09 0.32 0.4 0.30 0.1 0.08 0.11 (1hour)

176

EIA Report

Locations BIDC NAAQ Project Ekta Parameters Conc Sukhlipur Gorwa Dasrath Sokhda Pilol Alindra Standards Site Nagar . Estate A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 Avg. 180 O3 (μg/m3) 8 18 12 16 8 15 17 12 (1hour) Avg. 400 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL NH3 (μg/m3) (24 hours) (DL 5) (DL 5) (DL 5) (DL 5) (DL 5) (DL 5) (DL 5) (DL 5) Avg. 5 Benzene (μg/m3) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) (Annual) Benzo (a) pyrene, Avg. 1 BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) BDL (1) (ng/m3) (Annual) Avg. 6 Arsenic (ng/ m3) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) BDL (2) (Annual) Avg. 20 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Nickel (ng/m3) (Annual) (DL 10) (DL 10) (DL 10) (DL 10) (DL 10) (DL 10) (DL 10) (DL 10) TVOC(ppm) Avg. - 3.45 5.21 8.42 9.21 10.0 2.01 3.0 2.05 Total Hydro Carbon Avg. - 0.13 0.05 0.09 0.11 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.018 (ppm) Methane (ppm) Avg - 0.08 0.03 0.06 0.07 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.01 Non Methane (ppm) Avg - 0.04 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 Note: BDL (Below detectable limit), DL (Detectable limit)

177

EIA Report

Figure 3-27: Trends of Measured Ambient Concentrations in the Study Area

178

EIA Report

3.7.2.2 Observations

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters including 12 parameters as per NAAQS, 2009 within the study area. The baseline levels of

PM10(48.2 - 92.4 µg/m³), PM2.5 (15.3 - 51.8µg/m³), SO2 (7.4-17.4 µg/m³), NO2(14.4- 44.9 µg/m³), CO (0.08—0.41 mg/m3), all the parameters are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period from November 2107 to January 2018.

3.8 Noise Environment

The prevailing ambient noise level at a particular location is nothing but the resultant (total) of all kinds of noise sources existing at various distances around that location. The ambient noise level at a location varies continuously depending on the type of surrounding activities.

Ambient noise levels have been established by monitoring noise levels at Eight (08) locations in and around 10Km distance from project area during the study period using precision noise level meter. The noise monitoring locations in the study area were selected after giving due consideration to the various land use categories. The land use categories include commercial, residential, rural and sensitive areas. Noise levels were recorded on an hourly basis for one complete day at each location using pre- calibrated noise levels. A map noise showing the noise monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-28.

3.8.1 Results and Discussions

Based on the recorded hourly noise levels at each monitoring location, the day equivalent (Ld) and night equivalent (Ln) were calculated;

 Ld: Average noise levels between 6:00 hours to 22.00 hours.  Ln: Average noise levels between 22:00 hours to 6.00 hours. The comparison of day equivalent noise levels (Ld) and night equivalent noise levels (Ln) with the respective CPCB stipulated noise standards for various land use categories are shown in the Table 3-11.

179

EIA Report

Table 3-11: Day and Night Equivalent Noise Levels

Distance Noise level in Locati CPCB Standard (km) from Azimuth dB(A) Leq Environmental S. No Location on Project Direction Setting Code Day Night Lday (Ld) LNight (Ln) boundary 1. Project Site N1 Within Site 65.2 51.1 75 70 Industrial 2. Sukhlipur N2 3.64 SE 58.4 44.1 55 45 Residential N3 3. Ekta Nagar 5.25 SW 55 45 Residential 57.5 45.2 4. BIDC Gorwa Estate N4 7.8 SW 62.1 52.8 75 70 Industrial 5. Dasrath N5 4.83 W 57.8 49.1 55 45 Residential 6. Sokhda N6 4.2 NW 56.1 47.8 55 45 Residential 7. Pilol N7 2.38 NE 56.7 45.3 55 45 Residential 8. Alindra N8 6 NE 57.6 48.6 55 45 Residential

3.8.2 Observations

It is observed that the day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all locations are within prescribed CPCB standards  In industrial areas day time noise levels was about 62.1 dB(A) to 65.2 dB(A) and 51.1 db(A) to 52.8 dB(A) during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (75 dB(A) Day time & 70 dB(A) Night time).  In residential areas day time noise levels varied from 56.1 dB(A) to 58.4 dB(A) and night time noise levels varied from 44.1 dB(A) to 49.1 dB(A) across the sampling stations. The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels in Residential area are slightly more than prescribed the limit prescribed by MoEF&CC (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time).

180

EIA Report

Figure 3-28 Topo Map showing the Noise Monitoring locations

181

EIA Report

3.9 Water Environment

3.9.1 Surface Water Resources

The study area has medium sized water courses namely Harini Talab Lake, Sama Talav lake, lake Near Dasrath Bustop, Chandranagar lake Bhaniyara Lake, Channi Lake, Gujarat Refinery Township lake and Gorwa lake. There is a Major river called Mahi River within 13.6 km from the study area on the West side. Other than this, another seasonal river called Vishwamitri River which flows along the East side border of the project site. Vishwamitri usually dries up during summer.

3.9.2 Surface Water Quality Assessment

To establish the baseline status of water environment, the representative sampling locations for surface water within a radial distance of 10Km from project site have been selected as per CPCB guidelines of Water Quality Monitoring through an adequate survey of the project area. Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters is given in Table 3-12.

Table 3-12: Test methods used for the analysis of water quality parameters

S. No Parameter Measured Test Method 1 pH (at 25°C) IS:3025 (Part - 11): 1983 (Reaff: 2006) 2 Electrical Conductivity IS:3025 (Part - 14): 1983 (Reaff: 2006) 3 Color IS:3025 (Part- 4) 1983 (Reaff 2006) 4 Total Hardness as CaCO3 IS:3025 (Part - 21) 1983 (Reaff 2006) 5 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 IS:3025,1 (Part - 23) 1986 (Reaff 2009) 6 Cadmium IS:3025 (Part 41) 1991 7 Chloride as Cl IS:3025 (Part - 32) 1988(Reaff 2009) 8 Total Dissolved Solids IS: 3025:1(Part - 16) 1984 (Reaff 2006) 9 Aluminium as Al IS:3025 (Part - 55) 2003 (Reaff 2009) 10 Chromium as Cr IS:3025 (Part - 52) 2003 (Reaff 2009) 11 Lead as Pb IS:3025 (Part - 47) 1994 (Reaff 2009) 12 Zinc as Zn IS:3025 (Part - 49) 1994 (Reaff 2009) 13 Sodium as Na IS:3025,5(Part - 45) 1993 (Reaff 2006) 14 Temperature IS:3025 (Part - 9) 1983 (Reaff 2006) 15 Chemical oxygen demand as O2 IS:3025 (Part-58)-2006 16 Dissolved Oxygen (mg/l) IS:3025 (Part - 38)1989 (Reaff 2009) 17 Salinity - 18 Copper as Cu IS:3025 (Part - 42)1992 (Reaff: 2009) 19 BOD,5 days @200C as O2 5210B APHA22nd Edn 2012

182

EIA Report

The prevailing status of surface water quality has been assessed during the study period. Surface water quality results are provided in Table 3-17.

A map showing the surface water monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-29. Photographs of Surface monitoring locations are given in Figure 3-30.

Table 3-13: Details of Surface water sampling locations Distance from Direction from S. Name of the Water Location Project project No body Code Boundary boundary 1. Harini Talab SW1 5.78 S 2. Sama Talav SW2 5.32 S 3. Near Dasrath Bustop SW3 5.65 W 4. Chandranagar lake SW4 5.60 NE 5. Bhaniyara Lake SW5 5.78 E 6. Channi Lake SW6 3.77 SW 7. Gorwa Lake SW8 7.91 SSW 8. JR Township Lake SW7 6.60 SW

Surface water Standards

S. No Parameters Unit A B C D E 1 Colour Hazen 10 300 300 ------2 Turbidity NTU ------3 pH -- 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 4 Conductivity µS/cm ------1000 2250 Total Dissolved 5 mg/l 500 --- 1500 --- 2100 Solids Alkalinity as 6 mg/l ------CaCO3 Total Hardness as 7 mg/l 300 ------CaCo3 8 Calcium as Ca mg/l 80.10 ------9 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 24.28 ------10 Sodium mg/l ------11 Potassium mg/l ------12 Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 --- 600 --- 600 13 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 400 --- 400 --- 1000 14 Phosphate mg/l ------

15 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 20 --- 50 ------16 Fluorides as F mg/l 1.5 1.5 1.5 ------17 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 ------18 Arsenic mg/l 0.05 0.2 0.2 ------

183

EIA Report

19 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.01 ------20 Chromium, Total mg/l 0.05 0.05 0.05 ------21 Copper mg/l 1.5 --- 1.5 ------22 Iron mg/l 0.3 --- 50 ------23 Lead mg/l 0.1 --- 0.1 ------24 Zinc mg/l 15 --- 15 ------25 Manganese mg/l 0.5 ------26 Selenium mg/l 0.01 --- 0.05 ------27 Mercury mg/l 0.001 ------28 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6 5 4 4 --- 29 COD mg/l ------30 BOD mg/l 2 3 3 ------

Class A – Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection.

Class B –Water for outdoor bathing.

Class C – Drinking water with conventional treatment followed by disinfection.

Class D – Water for fish culture and wild life propagation.

Class E – Water for irrigation, industrial cooling and controlled waste disposal

184

EIA Report

Figure 3-29 Topo Map showing the surface water monitoring location

185

EIA Report

Table 3-14: Surface water Monitoring Results Gujarat Near Chandra S. Bhaniyara Channi Refinery Gorwa Parameter Units Harini lake Sama lake Dashrath bus nagar No lake Lake Township Lake, stop pond lake Lake SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

Haze BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 1 Colour n (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) BDL(DL0. BDL(DL0.1) BDL(DL0.1) BDL(DL0.1) 2 2 1.1 1.4 2 Turbidity NTU 1) 3 pH -- 7.35 7.47 6.82 7.55 6.58 7.49 7.56 7.62 µS/c 1106 1795 3228 906 780 861 673 701 4 EC m 5 Total Dissolve Solids mg/l 743 1213 2074 613 531 589 438 460 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 6 5 TSS mg/l (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) 7 Total Alaklinity mg/l 172 283.6 405.7 125.4 138.5 140.2 140 120 8 Total Hardness mg/l 240 684.6 124.4 254.2 257 294 193.3 162.4 9 Sodium mg/l 126 148 224 88 84 70 54 61 10 Poassium mg/l 7 16 35 4 6 5.8 3.7 5.1 11 Calcium ++ mg/l 52.1 140 342 55.1 52.1 64.2 42.1 32.7 12 Magnesium ++ mg/l 26.7 81.4 142 28.3 30.8 29.4 21.4 19.6 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 13 Carbonate mg/l (DL 01) (DL 01) (DL 01) (DL 01) (DL 01) (DL 01) (DL 01) (DL 01) 14 Bi Carbonate mg/l 210 346 495 153 169 182 170.8 146.4 15 Chloride mg/l 205 318 526 180 125 153 94.6 127.4 16 Sulphate mg/l 94.1 132 386 87.6 48 161.4 8.4 54.2 17 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 4.41 5.14 6.11 2.01 2.71 3.14 1.14 1.54 18 Phosphate mg/l 0.036 0.025 0.032 0.02 0.031 0.21 0.027 0.029 19 Fluorides as F mg/l 0.57 0.64 0.71 0.24 0.31 0.47 0.79 0.26 20 Cyanide mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

186

EIA Report

(DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (0.01) (0.01) (0.01) BDL (DL BDL (DL BDL (DL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 21 Arsenic mg/l 0.005) 0.005) 0.005) (DL 0.005) (DL 0.005) (DL 0.005) (DL 0.005) (DL 0.005) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL (DL BDL 22 Boron mg/l (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) 0.1) (DL 0.1) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 23 Cadmium mg/l (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 24 Chromium, Total mg/l (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) 25 Copper mg/l 0.245 0.226 0.352 0.265 0.218 0.201 0.231 0.241 26 Iron mg/l 0.21 0.14 0.18 0.19 0.17 0.16 0.19 0.17 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 27 Lead mg/l (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 28 Manganese mg/l (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 29 Mercury mg/l (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 30 Nickel mg/l (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 31 Selenium mg/l (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) 32 Zinc mg/l 0.040 0.052 0.018 0.121 0.066 0.017 0.015 0.018 33 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.5 5.8 5.3 6.9 6.4 6.6 6.5 6.2 34 COD mg/l 4 18 24 5 6 4.2 4.6 4.8 35 BOD mg/l 1.6 1 2 2.8 2.5 2.8 2.8 2.2

187

EIA Report

3.9.2.1 Results and Discussions

The results of surface water quality monitored at eight locations are as follows

Figure 3-30 Surface water Sampling Photographs 3.10 Ground water resources

The net annual ground water recharge is estimated to be 1000.38 Million Cubic Meters (MCM) and gross draft is estimated to be 676.13 MCM in the district. The stage of ground water development of the Vadodara district (erstwhile) is 67.59 %. All the talukas

188

EIA Report fall under safe category. Estimation of Ground Water Resources for Gujarat State (GWRE- 2002) has been carried out by the Government of Gujarat as per the „Ground Water Resources Estimation Methodology GEC –1997‟ set up by Ministry of Water resources, Government of India. All talukas are under safe category except Karjon and Sinor Talukas which are under semi critical category. But Vadodara taluka is over exploited. The ground water resources of Vadodara district are as given in Table 3-15. Table 3-15: Groundwater Potential in PIA District

Potential Attribute /Quantity Area of the district 7,555.55 sq. km Annual Replenishable Ground Water Resources 1000.38 MCM Availability Total Annual Ground Water Draft for all purposes 676.13 MCM Stage of Ground Water Development 67.59 % (Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Vadodara.pdf)

3.10.1 Ground water Quality

Total Eight (08) ground water monitoring locations were identified for assessment in different villages around the project site based on the usage of sub surface water by the settlements/ villages in the study area. The groundwater results are compared with the desirable and permissible water quality standards as per IS: 10500 (2012) for drinking water. Groundwater quality monitoring locations and results are given in Table 3-16 and Table 3-17. A map showing the groundwater monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-31. Ground water Sampling Photographs are given in Figure 3-32.

Table 3-16: Details of Groundwater Quality Monitoring Locations

Distance (km) Station Azimuth Location from Project Code Directions boundary GW1 Project Site Within Site GW2 Sukhlipur 3.64 SE GW3 Ekta Nagar 5.25 SW GW4 BIDC Gorwa Estate 7.8 SW GW5 Dasrath 4.83 W GW6 Sokhda 4.2 NW GW7 Pilol 2.38 NE GW8 Alindra 6 NE

189

EIA Report

Figure 3-31 Topo Map showing the groundwater monitoring locations

190

EIA Report

Table 3-17: Ground Water Monitoring Results

Drinking BIDC Project Sukhlipu Ekta water Gorwa Dasrath Sokhda Pilol Alindra S. Standard Site r Nagar Parameters Unit Estate NO (IS 10500: 2012) GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

1 Source Borewell Borewell Borewell Borewell Borewell Borewell Borewell BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 2 Colour Hazen 5 (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) (DL 1) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 3 Turbidity NTU 1 (DL0.1) (DL0.1) (DL0.1) (DL0.1) (DL0.1) (DL0.1) (DL0.1) (DL0.1) 4 pH -- 6.5-8.5 7.48 7.91 7.76 8.02 6.91 7.83 7.94 8.14 5 Conductivity µS/cm … 3106 2784 2678 1256 2356 1947 1245 987 Total Dissolve 6 mg/l 500 1933 1884 1776 845 1582 1206 831 625 Solids Total Suspended BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 7 mg/l … BDL (DL1) Solids (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) Alkalinity as 8 mg/l 200 349 340 380 329 345 375 317 217 CaCO3 Total Hardness as 9 mg/l 200 585 661 778 300 658 561 301 170 CaCo3 10 Sodium mg/l - 314 301 265 111 276 123 105 132 11 Potassium mg/l - 68 59 29 9 48 8 7 9 12 Calcium as Ca mg/l 75 112 121 167 68.6 135 104.21 67.9 35.2 13 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 30 74 87 87.5 31.2 78 72.9 32 20 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 14 Carbonate mg/l - BDL (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) 15 Bi carbonate mg/l - 426 415 463 401 421 458 387 265 16 Chloride as Cl mg/l 250 576 612 432 136 384 249 151 105

191

EIA Report

Drinking BIDC Project Sukhlipu Ekta water Gorwa Dasrath Sokhda Pilol Alindra S. Standard Site r Nagar Parameters Unit Estate NO (IS 10500: 2012) GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

17 Sulphate as SO4 mg/l 200 318 245 289 64.5 201 159 57.8 38.7 18 Nitrate as NO3 mg/l 45 4.71 4.11 6.17 4.71 5.01 5.14 4.42 4.66 19 Phosphate mg/l - 0.043 0.154 0.164 0.116 0.216 0.162 0.116 0.184 20 Fluorides as F mg/l 1 1.01 1.14 0.98 0.54 1.11 0.61 0.57 0.51 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 21 Cyanide mg/l 0.05 (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) BDL (DL BDL (DL BDL (DL BDL (DL BDL (DL BDL (DL BDL (DL BDL (DL 22 Arsenic mg/l 0.01 0.005) 0.005) 0.005) 0.005) 0.005) 0.005) 0.005) 0.005) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 23 Boron mg/l 0.5 (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 24 Cadmium mg/l 0.003 (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) (DL 0.01) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 25 Chromium, Total mg/l 0.05 (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 26 Copper mg/l 0.05 (DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01) (DL0.01) 27 Iron mg/l 0.3 0.210 0.130 0.076 0.140 0.250 0.110 0.097 0.201 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 28 Lead mg/l 0.01 (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) (DL 0.1) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 29 Manganese mg/l 0.1 (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 30 Mercury mg/l 0.001 (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) (DL0.001) BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 31 Nickel mg/l 0.02 (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) (DL0.05) 32 Selenium mg/l 0.01 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

192

EIA Report

Drinking BIDC Project Sukhlipu Ekta water Gorwa Dasrath Sokhda Pilol Alindra S. Standard Site r Nagar Parameters Unit Estate NO (IS 10500: 2012) GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) (DL0.005) 33 Zinc mg/l 5 1.010 0.043 0.018 0.012 0.064 0.028 0.054 0.038 34 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l .. 5.8 6.4 6.2 6.5 6.3 5.8 5.9 6.1 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 35 COD mg/l … (DL4) (DL4) (DL4) (DL4) (DL4) (DL4) (DL4) (DL4) BDL BDL BDL 36 BOD mg/l … 1.5 2 1 1.5 1 (DL1) (DL1) (DL1) Total Phosphorous BDL 37 mg/l 0.02 0.08 0.2 0.29 0.22 0.15 0.09 as P (DL0.02) Ammonical BDL 38 Nitrogen as NH3- mg/l 6.51 4.64 2.06 0.17 8.82 1.05 0.22 (DL0.02) N 39 Nitrate Nitrogen mg/l 12.78 9.51 8.24 4.87 13.83 6.31 5.14 4.71

193

EIA Report

3.10.1.1 Results and Discussions

A summary of analytical results are presented below:

Figure 3-32 Ground Water Sampling Photographs

194

EIA Report

3.11 Soil as a resource and its Quality

The soils of Vadodara district belong to shallow to deep in soil depth class. In Vadodara district the soils are dominantly fine textured (clayey) followed by medium textured (loamy) and towards adjoining Vadodara & Dahod district boundary the soils are coarser (sand).

In order to assess the quality of soil at different locations in the study area, various land use categories were taken into account. Soil sampling was carried out at Eight (08) locations in the study area. Soil analysis was carried as per IS: 2720 methods. Soil quality monitoring locations & results are given in Table 3-18 & Table 3-22. Map showing the soil monitoring locations is given in Figure 3-34.

Table 3-18 Soil Quality Monitoring Locations

Distance (Km) Direction Location Code Location w.r.t project site w.r.t. project site S1 Project Site Within Site S2 Sukhlipur 3.64 SE S3 Ekta Nagar 5.25 SW S4 BIDC Gorwa Estate 7.8 SW S5 Dasrath 4.83 W S6 Sokhda 4.2 NW S7 Pilol 2.38 NE S8 Alindra 6 NE

Soil monitoring photographs are given in Figure 3-33.

Figure 3-33 Soil Sampling Photographs

195

EIA Report

Figure 3-34 Topo Map showing the soil monitoring locations

196

EIA Report

Table 3-19: Soil & Sediment Quality Monitoring Results

Project Ekta BIDC Gorwa SL. Sukhlipur Dasrath Sokhda Pilol Alindra Parameters Units Site Nagar Estate No. S2 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 Yellowis Dark Reddish Reddish Reddish Yellowish 1 Colour - Brown Red h Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Sandy clay Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy Sandy 2 Texture - loam clay Clay Clay clay clay loam loam loam loam loam 3 Sand % 54 68 68 14 20 68 74 72 4 Silt % 18 10 8 10 10 8 10 12 5 Clay % 28 22 24 76 70 24 16 16 6 pH - 7.32 7.26 7.65 8.22 7.7 7.66 7.25 7.47 Electrical µmhos/ 7 132 126 160 101 245 144 130 125 Conductivity cm 8 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.22 1.18 1.24 1.28 1.16 1.24 1.24 1.24 Cation Exchange meq/100 9 11.1 8.1 9.1 20.5 25.5 9.1 5.0 5.1 Capacity gm 10 Moisture content % 15.9 18.8 19.1 22.7 24.7 19.1 13.7 15.5 Water Holding 11 % 32 25 24 40 42 36 24 15 Capacity 12 Organic Carbon % 0.264 0.267 0.273 0.336 0.422 0.268 0.248 0.256 13 Organic matter % 0.455 0.460 0.471 0.579 0.728 0.462 0.428 0.441 14 Nitrogen as N kg/ha 57.2 58.6 52.0 142 114 58.4 42.0 48.7 15 Phosphorus kg/ha 22.9 23.6 20.4 63.3 50.6 24.5 15.7 16.9 16 Potassium kg/ha 78 88 95 197 165 111 62 64 17 Calcium % 319 398 408 840 761 359 378 418 18 Magnesium % 167 171 208 363 324 173 167 208

197

EIA Report

Project Ekta BIDC Gorwa SL. Sukhlipur Dasrath Sokhda Pilol Alindra Parameters Units Site Nagar Estate No. S2 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 19 Boron mg/kg 1.18 0.87 1.11 1.24 0.76 1.16 0.08 0.05 20 Copper mg/kg 0.17 0.15 0.1 0.13 0.11 0.16 0.12 0.14 21 Cadmium mg/kg 0.18 0.41 0.12 0.28 0.09 0.13 0.04 0.06 22 Iron mg/kg 395 554 409 570 503 479 450 45 23 Zinc mg/kg 29.7 45.54 44.8 48.9 61.4 49.0 55.5 35.4 24 Manganese mg/kg 25.2 41.0 49.5 40.8 45.3 35.2 58.6 431.2

3.11.1.1 Results and Discussions

Summary of analytical results

198

EIA Report

3.12 Biological Environment

The diversity depends not only on the rate of species input (by immigration and speciation), species output (emigration and extinction) but also on the ecological history of the region. Terrestrial flora and fauna are important features of the environment. Each plant and animal in the world brings something to the environment that another plant or animal including man will rely on. This creates a balance of life that enables the life cycle to survive. The flora and fauna are imperative because they form the fine net of life, where each life has something to contribute even if in a very small way. The changes in biotic community are studied in terms of their distribution, density and diversity. These changes through time can be utilized to assess the impacts of project on flora and fauna of the region, which are important components of biological environment. The main aim of present study was to enumeration of tree, shrub, herbs and climbers’ diversity of forest area surrounding the IOCL region. For this purpose, the baseline condition of the area needs to be studied. Biodiversity richness map is enclosed as Figure 3-35.

199

EIA Report

Figure 3-35 Bio Diversity Richness Map

200

EIA Report

3.12.1 Terrestrial Flora

Biodiversity of plant forms like trees and shrubs constitute the important component. The natural vegetation of the area may be broadly noted with few natural vegetation and road side social plantation and avenue trees in the villages. The bio-diversity of such naturally growing plant species would indicate environmental quality and surveyed intensively.

The study revealed the presence of some important shrubs and trees in the area. A total of 174 plant species belonging to 51 families were recorded from the study area (Table 3-23). The most dominant families were Poacaea (14), Mimosaceae (11), Areceae (11), Convolulaceae (9) etc. Out of 174 plants, Climbers (12), Palms (8), Epiphyte/ Parasite (5), Creepers (7), Herbs (55), Shrubs (29), trees (53). A total of 24 aquatic macrophytes were also observed in the study area. Aquatic macrophytes play an important role in structuring communities in aquatic environments. These plants provide physical structure, increase habitat complexity and Heterogeneity and affect various organisms like invertebrates, fishes and water birds. Owing to their high rate of biomass production, macrophytes have primarily been characterized as an important food resource for aquatic organisms, providing both living (grazing food webs) and dead organic matter (detritivorous food webs). It is true that macrophytes may represent an important source of organic matter for aquatic herbivores and detritivores in some ecosystems. (Duarte et al., 1994; Esteves, 1998; Poi de Neiff and Casco, 2003).

201

EIA Report

3.12.2 Medicinal plants

Ayurveda says “There is no plant on the earth, which does not possess medicinal property”, this means that each and every plant is equally important for its biological activities, ecology and environment. The conservation of medicinal plants means every species of plants in its actual habitat should be protected and preserved. Because of continuous exploitation of medicinal plants from their natural habitats, it is required to replant and rejuvenate them in other areas having similar habitat or environment. The medicinal plants observed in the study area are Acacia Auriculiformis (Babu), Azadirachta Indica (Neem), Buteamono sperma (Palash), Eucalyptus hybrid (Eucalyptus), Ficus Benghalensis (Banyan), Mangifera Indica (Mango), Tamarindus Indica (Imli), Tectona Grandis (Teak), Terminalia Arjuna (Arjun).

Table 3-20 List of flora reported/observed in the study area

Sr. Vernacular IUCN Scientific name Family Common name No name status 1. Acacia nilotica* Fabaceae Arabic Gum Babaria LC 2. Acacia auriculiformis* Fabaceae Babul Khaigar LC 3. Acacia leucophloea Fabaceae White-Barked Acacia Hiwar NA 4. Achras sapota Sapotaceae Chicku tree Khirni NA 5. Albizzia procera Mimosaceae White Siris Sarsado NA 6. Anacardium occidentale Anacardiceae Cashew Kaju NA 7. Annona squamosa Annonaceae Custard Apple Ramphal NA 8. Azadirachta indica* Meliaceae Neem Dhanujhada NA 9. Bauhinia racemosa Fabaceae Kanchan Apto NA 10. Butea monosperma* Fabaceae Palash Khakhro NA 11. Cassia siamea Fabaceae Amaltas ------NA 12. Casuarina equisetofolia Fabaceae Jhau NA 13. Ceiba pentandra Bombaceae Kapok Tree Safedsemul LC 14. Cocos nucifera Arecaceae Coconut Nariyal NA 15. Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae Sisso Sisam NA 16. Delonix regia Fabaceae Peacock Flower Gulmohar LC 17. Eucalyptus hybrid* Myrtaceae Eucalyptus Nilgiri 18. Eugenia jambolana Myrtaceae Jamun Jambu NA 19. Ficus benghalensis* Moraceae Banyan Banyan tree NA 20. Ficus racemosa Moraceae Pipul Gular NA 21. Ficus religiosa Moraceae Asthwa Asvattha NA 22. Leucaena leucocephala Fabaceae Wild Tamarind Subaval NA 23. Mangifera indica* Anacardiceae Mango Keri DD 24. Morinda tinctoria Rubiaceae Indian Mulberry Surangi NA 25. Phoenix dactylifera Arecaceae Date Palm Kharek NA 26. Phoenix sylvestris Araceceae Silver Date Palm Khajuri NA 27. Pithecellobium dulce Fabaceae Manila Tamarind Ambli NA 28. Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae Green Champa Asopalav NA 29. Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae Indian Beech Karanja LC

202

EIA Report

30. Prosopis juliflora Fabaceae Iron wood Gandobaval NA 31. Saraca indica Fabaceae Ashok Asogam NA 32. Tamarindus indica* Fabaceae Imli Khatiaamli LC 33. Tectona grandis* Lamiaceae Teak Saag NA 34. Terminalia arjuna* Combretaceae Arjun Sadado NA 35. Terminalia catappa Combretaceae Bengal Almond Badamalili NA 36. Ziziphus xylopyrus Rhamnaceae Ber Gatbadar NA 37. Ziziphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae Indian Jujuba Bor NA 38. Bambusa arundinacea Poaceae Thorny Bamboo Baambu NA 39. Bambusa vulgaris Poaceae Golden Bamboo Wans NA 40. Andropogon contortus Poaceae Tangle head Lilicha NA 41. Chrysopogon aciculatus Poaceae Chorkanta ----- NA 42. Cynodon dactylon Poaceae Durba Graa Dhroh NA 43. Cyperus kyllingia Cyperaceae Nirbishi ----- NA 44. Dendrocalamus strictus Poaceae Karail Bamboo NA 45. Echino chloacolona Poaceae Shyama Samo NA 46. Eleusine indica Poaceae Nandia Bajari LC 47. Eragrostis tenella Poaceae Dhane ----- NA 48. Panicum maximum Poaceae Gini Grass ----- NA Shrubs 49. Acanthus ilicifolius Acanthaceae Holy Mangrove ---- NA 50. Caesalpinia sp. Fabaceae Grey Nicker Kachka NA 51. Calotropis procera Apocynaceae Sodom’s Apple Aakdo NA 52. Canavalia sp. Fabaceae Jack Bean ------NA 53. Canthium didymium Rubiaceae Savan durga ------NA 54. Carica papaya Caricaceae Papaya Papayi DD 55. Cassia fistula Fabaceae Akashmoni Garmalo NA 56. Cassia tora Fabaceae Tora Kuvadiyo NA 57. Ceriopsrox burghiana Rhizophoraceae Goran Chirukandal NA 58. Clerodendrum inerme Laminaceae Indian Privet Vanjai NA 59. Datura stramonium Solanaceae Dhutura Dhatura NA 60. Ficus hispida Moraceae Daduri Dhed umber NA 61. Hibiscus rosasinesis Malvaceae Jaba Jasud NA 62. Indigo fera tinctoria Fabaceae True Indigo Gali NA 63. Ipomea cornea Convolvulaceae Morning Glory Nail nibhaji NA 64. Ipomoea fistulosa Convolvulaceae Sweet Potato Sakkariya NA 65. Jatropha gossypifolia Euphorbiaceae Bherenda Ratanjyot NA 66. Lantana camara Verbenaceae Lantana ---- NA 67. Lantana indica Verbenaceae Lantana ---- 68. Murraya koenigii Rutaceae Curry leaf Tree Mitho limbo NA 69. Musa paradisiaca Musaceae Banana Kelphool NA 70. Nerium indicum Apocynaceae Indian Oleander Lal Karen NA 71. Opuntia dillenii Cactaceae Prickly Pear ------NA 72. Ricinus communis* Euphorbiaceae Castor Diveligo NA 73. Solanum hispidum Solanaceae Devil Fig ---- NA Jungli 74. Thespesia lampas Malvaceae Maga Tree NA paraspiplo 75. Tecoma stans Bignoniaceae Trumpet flower ----- NA 76. Thevetia preuviana Apocynaceae Lucky nut Pilakanera NA Herbs 77. Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae Devil’s Horse whip Agharo NA 78. Aerva lanata Amaranthaceae Chaya ---- NA 79. Alocasia indica Areceae Giant Alocasia Manakanda NA

203

EIA Report

80. Amaranths spinosaus Amaranthaceae Amarnath Greens Kantalodabho NA 81. Argemone Mexicana Papaveraceae Devil’s Fig Darudidanarese NA 82. Asteracantha longifolia Acanthaceae Kulikhara Ekharo NA 83. Blumea membranacea Asteraceae Turtle Grass Kolhar NA 84. Boerhaavia diffusa Nyctaginaceae Hog Weed Satodi NA 85. Canna indica Cannaceae Indian Shot ----- NA Silver Cock’s 86. Celosia argentea Amaranthaceae Akada NA Comb 87. Centella asiatica Centellaceae Gotu Kola Motibrahmi LC 88. Chenopodium album Apiaceae Lamb’s Quarters Bathavo NA 89. Cocculus villosus Amaranthaceae Sisi Patalagaroli NA 90. Colocacia esculanta Araceae Cocoyam Suran NA 91. Crotalari ajuncea Fabaceae Sunn Hemp Shan NA 92. Croton sparciflorus Euphorbiaceae Garden Croton ----- NA 93. Corchorus olitorius Malvaceae Jew’s Mallow chhunchho NA 94. Dinebrare troflexa Poaceae Dinbera Vahl NA 95. Eclipta alba Asteraceae Eclipta Bhangro NA 96. Euphorbia geniculata Euphorbiceae Painted Spurge NA 97. Hyptis suavelolens Lamiaceae Hore hound Vilayatitulsi NA 98. Indigofera linifolia Fabaceae True Indigo Jinkigali LC 99. Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Ipomoea Nail nibhaji LC 100. Ipomoea sinesis Convolvulaceae Ipomoea NA 101. Mimosa pudica Fabaceae Humble Plant Lajawni LC 102. Mirabilis jalapa Nyctaginaceae Four-o-clock NA 103. Mamordica charantia Cucurbitaceae Bitter Gourd Karela NA 104. Ocimum sanctum Lamiaceae Holi basil Tulsi NA 105. Ocimum basilicum Lamiaceae Sweet basil Sabje NA 106. Oldenlandia corymbosa Rubiaceae Flattopmilegraines NA 107. Phyllanthus niriuri Phyllanthaceae Jar Amla Kanocha NA 108. Rhynchosia minima Fabaceae Bejuco Culebra Nahanikamalvel LC 109. Ruellia tuberose Acanthaceae Yaw Weed Bandukadi NA 110. Scirpus articulatus Cyperaceae Bulrush Kasela NA 111. Scoparia dulcis Planlaginaceae Rice Weed Nagchampa NA 112. Sida cordifolia Malvaceae Bala Bal NA 113. Sida rhombifolia Malvaceae Jelly Leaf Junglimehti NA Violet Wild 114. Striga nudiflora Orobanchaceae NA Petunia 115. Suaeda nudiflora Amaranthaceae Giria Saga Lano NA Mexican Mint/ 116. Tagetes microphylla Asteraceae Genda phool NA Meri gold 117. Tridax procumbens Asteraceae Coat Buttons ----- NA 118. Tephrosia purpurea Fabaceae Wild Indigo Jhila NA 119. Typha angustata Typhaceae Southern Cat tail Ghadundi NA 120. Vigna radiata Fabaceae Mung Bean Mung NA 121. Vinca rosea Apocynaceae Periwinkle Sadaphuli NA Cut leaf Ground 122. Physalis angulata Solanaceae LC Cherry 123. Commelina forskalli Commelinaceae Alligator Weed ---- NA 124. Rheo discolor Commelinaceae Oyster Plant ---- NA Climbers 125. Antigonon leptopus Polygonaceae Coral Vine NA Great 126. Bougainvillea spectabilis Rlyctaginaceae NA Bougainvillea

204

EIA Report

127. Asparagus recemosus Asparagaceae Buttermilk root Shatavari NA 128. Clitoria ternatea Fabaceae Aparajita Garani NA Mile-A-Minute 129. Ipomoea cairica Convolvulaceae ---- LC Vine 130. Tylophora asthmatica Asclepiadaceae IndianIpecac Dum vel NA 131. Dischidia nummularia Apocynaceae Pebble Beach --- NA Common Wax 132. Hoyapa rasitica Asclepiadaceae NA Plant 133. Finlaysonia abovata Asclepiadaceae Dudhilata NA 134. Deguli auliginosa Leguminosae Panlata NA 135. Mucun agigantea Leguminosae Turi Bilangi Kaucha NA Creepers 136. Alternanthera pungens Amaranthaceae Khaki Weed ----- NA 137. Evolvulus alsinoides Convolvulaceae Shyam Kranta kalisankhavali NA 138. Ipomoeapes caprae Convolvulaceae Chagal Khuri Maryada-vel NA 139. Merremia aegyptia Convolvulaceae Ghiabel NA 140. Mimosa pudica Mimosaceae Lajjabati Lajwati LC 141. Mukia scabrella Cucurbitaceae Bilari ---- 142. Cassytha filiformis Lauraceae Cascutta Akashbel NA 143. Cuscuta reflexa Convolvulaceae Swarna Lata Amar bel NA 144. Vanda roxburghii Orchidaceae Rasna Rasno NA 145. Hoya sp. Asclepiadaceae Wax Plant ---- 146. Vanda tesselata Orchidaceae Naii ---- NA Palms 147. Areca catechu Arecaceae Betal palm Supari NA 148. Borassus flabellifer Arecaceae Tal Taad NA 149. Cocos nucifera Arecaceae Coconut Nariyal NA 150. Corypha elata Arecaceae Bojur Palm ---- NA 151. Phoenix dactylifera Arecaceae Khejur Kharak NA 152. Roystone aregia Arecaceae Bottle Palm ---- NA 153. Phoenix sylvestris Arecaceae Khejur Khajuri NA Aquatic Macrophytes 154. Azolla pinnata salviniaceae Azolla LC 155. Colocasia esculenta Araceae Kachu Alavu LC 156. Alocasia indica Araceae Mann Kachu Manakanda NA 157. Eichhornia crassipes Pontederiaceae Kachuri Pana ---- NA 158. Enhydra sp. Hingeha EN 159. Hydrilla verticillata Hydrocharitaceae Jhangi LC 160. Hygrophila spinosa Acanthaceae Kanta Kule Khara NA 161. Ipomoea aquatica Convolvulaceae Kalmi Shak LC 162. Jussiae arepens Onagraceae Kesara Dam NA Common Duck 163. Lemna minor Lemnaceae LC Weed 164. Marsilea minuta Marsileaceae Shushnishak LC 165. Nympha eaalba Nymphaeaceae. Sapla/ Shalook LC 166. Neptunia sp. Fabaceae Pani Najak NA 167. Nymphae anouchali Nymphaeaceae Nil Sapla LC 168. Otteliaalis moides Hydrocharitaceae Parmikalla LC 169. Phragmites karka Poaceae Nal LC 170. Pistia stratiotes Araceae Takapana LC 171. Salvinia sp. Salviniaceae Indur Kani Pana NA 172. Scirpus articulatus Cyperaceae Laghukeruru NA 173. Typha sp. Typhaceae Hogla LC

205

EIA Report

174. Vallisneria spiralis Hydrocharitaceae Straight Vallis LC 175. Wolffia sp. Araceae Guripana NA

3.12.3 Terrestrial Fauna

For the purposes of EIA, terrestrial fauna is defined as animals living on land or using land (including aquatic systems) for all or part of their lives. Terrestrial fauna includes vertebrate (birds, mammals including bats, reptiles, amphibians, and freshwater fish) and invertebrate (arachnids, crustaceans, insects, molluscs and worms) groups. Fauna habitat is defined as the natural environment of an animal or assemblage of animals, including biotic and abiotic elements, that provides a suitable place for them to live (e.g. breed, forage, roost or seek refuge). The scale at which fauna habitat is defined will depend on the ecological requirements of the species considered.

Survey was conducted within the study area for the assessment of the prevalence of the respective species. During the present investigation, species examined include Butterfly, Amphibians, Reptiles, Birds and Mammals.

Among wild animals Nilgai were observed in nearby villages. Domestic animals are integral part of the ecosystem of the area. They feed on agricultural remains and in the open scrubland. Domestic animals like crow, buffalo, goat and dog were commonly observed in almost all the sampling locations of the study area. Reptiles are difficult to sight and are very rare to be recorded in a short time frame of the visit. The population of the birds in the study area is rich and diverse. During survey, the commonly observed reptile was Calotes versicolor (common lizard). The Mahi River and other water resources within the study area attract the migrating and local birds to from their habitat. The population of crow was observed to be very high in the study area due to large amount of open field and village area. The species observed are presented in Table 3-21. It may be observed from the tables that the species observed are of general nature.

206

EIA Report

Table 3-21 List of fauna reported/observed in the study area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN status Mammals 1. Bos Indicus Cow NA 2. Canis Familiaris Dog NA 3. Capra Aegagrus Hireus Goat NA 4. Antilope Cervicapra Black Buck NA 5. Felis Caracal Caracal NA 6. Gazella Gazelle Chinkara NA 7. Felis Libyca Desert Cat NA 8. Canis Lupus Indian Wolf LC 9. Felis Chaus Jungle Cat LC 10. Felis Manul Pallass Cat NA 11. Felis Rubiginosa Rusty Spotted Cat NA 12. Boselaphus Tragocamelus Blue Bull NA 13. Ratufa Indica Indian Giant Squirrel LC 14. Muntiacus Muntjac Barking Deer NA 15. Canis Aureus Indian Golden Jackal LC 16. Axis Axis Chital LC Reptiles 17. Gecko Gecko Tucktoo NA 18. Hemidactylus Flaviviridis Northern House Gecko NA 19. Hemidactylus Lescheaultii Tree Gecko NA 20. Crocodilus Palustris Mugger Crocodile NA 21. Calotes Versicolor Garden Lizard NA 22. Calotes Rouxii Roux's Forest Lizard LC 23. Ablepharus Grayanus Minor Snake-Eyed Skink NA 24. Hemidactylus Gracilis Graceful Leaf-Toed Gecko LC 25. Kachuga Kachuga Tortoise NA 26. Lissemy Spunctata Indian Flap-Shelled Turtle Lower risk/LC Snakes 27. Ptyas Mucosus Common Rat Snake NA 28. Bungarus Caeruleus Common Indian Krait NA 29. Echis Carinatus Saw-Scaled Viper NA 30. Naja Naja Indian Cobra NA 31. Ahaetulla Nasuta Vine Snake NA 32. Gongylophis Conicus Common Sand Boa NA Amphibians 33. Bufo Melanostictus Common Indian Toad NA

207

EIA Report

34. Fejervarya Cancrivora Crab Eating Frog LC 35. Hoplo Batrachuscrassus Jerdon’s Bull Frog LC 36. Polypedates Maculatus Himalayan Tree Frog LC 37. Micro Hylaornata Ant Frog LC 38. Fejervary Asyhadrensis Bombay Wert Frog LC Butterfly 39. Papilio Polytes Common Mormon NA 40. Hypolimnas Misippus Danaid Egg Fly NA 41. Danaus Chrysippus Plain Tiger NA 42. Euploea Core Common Indian Crow LC 43. Papilio Demoleus Lime Butterfly NA 44. Eurema Hecabe Common Grass Yellow NA 45. Pachliopta Hector Crimson Rose NA 46. Melanitis Leda Common Evening Brown NA 47. Catopsilia Pomona Common Emigrant NA 48. Graphium Agamemnon Tailed Jay NA 49. Borbo Cinnara Rice Swift NA 50. Danaus Genutia Common Tiger NA 51. Acraea Violae Tawny Coster NA

3.12.4 Birds

List of Birds reported/observed in the study area is provided in Table 3-22

Table 3-22 List of Birds reported/observed in the study area

Habitant S. No Scientific Name Common Name Status 1. Podiceps Cristatus Great Crested Grebe M 2. P. Nigricolis Black-necked Grebe R 3. P. Grisegena Red-necked Grebe R 4. P. Ruficollis Little Grebe R 5. Pelecanus Onocrotalus Great White Pelican M 6. P. Crispus Dalmatian Pelican M 7. P. Philippensi Spotbilled Pelican R 8. Sula Leucogaster Brown Booby R 9. Phalacrocorax Carbo Great Cormorant R 10. Egretta Garzetta Indian Cormorant R 11. P. Fuscicollis Little Cormorant R 12. P. Niger Darter M 13. Tockus Birostris Grey Hornbill R 14. Pavo Cristatus Peafowl R

208

EIA Report

15. Callus Sonnerati Jungle fowl M 16. Francolius Pondicrianus Partridge R 17. Coturnixous Coturnix Quail R 18. Treron Phoenicotera Green pigeon R 19. Melo Psittacus Parakeet R 20. Antigone Antigone Sarus crane M 21. Acriodotheres Fusus Myna R 3.12.5 Aquatic Ecosystem

The biological organisms are the best indicators of environmental quality. The abundance or absence of certain organisms thus often serves as indicators of a healthy or polluted aquatic environment. Information about the impact (environmental stress) on the community structure serves as inexpensive and efficient "early warning and control system" to check the effectiveness of control measures to prevent damage to a particular ecosystem (e.g. adjustments of emission norms, management of installations and sanitation etc.).The nature and quality of such biological species in a particular environment depend on various physico-chemical characteristics of water such as pH, conductivity, nutrients, BOD etc. Ecology of Mahi River includes different biological species, such as Plankton (both phyto and zoo), different species of algae, Aquatic Macrophytes, Aquatic Insect and Fishes. The main fishes observed in the river are Indian major carps, minor carps, cat fishes, prawns, hilsa, lobster etc.

Table 3-23 List of Aquatic Insects of the Study Area

SL. ScientificName Order No.1 Rantra Sp. Hemiptera 2 Anisops Sp. Hemiptera 3 Limnogonus Parvulus Hemiptera 4 L. Nitidus Hemiptera 5 Hydrophilus Sp. Coloptera 6 Chironomus Sp. Diptera 7 Baetis Sp. Ephemeroptera 8 Hydrometra Sp. Hemiptera

209

EIA Report

Table 3-24 List of Fresh Water Fish in the Study Area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name

1. Labeo Calbasu Kal Basu 2. Heteropneustes Fossilis Singi 3. Phractocephalus Hemioliopterus Cat Fish 4. Catla Catla Katla 5. Cirrhinus Reba Mrigal 6. Labeo Rohita Rohu 7. Macrobrachium Rosenbergii Jumbo Prawn 8. Penaeus Indicus Medium Prawn 9. N. Notopterus Falui

3.13 Socio-economic profile of the Project Influenced Area

3.13.1 Socio Economic Aspects

210

EIA Report evaluation of impacts on socio-economic and parameters of human interest due to proposed project developments. The parameters are:

 Demographic structure  Infrastructure Facility  Economic Status  Health status  Cultural attributes  Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the area. The following Table 3-25 provides the certain important social indicators of Vadodara District.

Table 3-25 Vadodara District Social Indicators

S. No Indicators 2011 2010 1. Actual Population 4,165,626 3,641,802 2. Male 2,153,736 1,897,368 3. Female 2,011,890 1,744,434 4. Population Growth 14.38% 19.87% 5. Area Sq. Km 7,546 7,546 6. Density/km2 552 482 7. Proportion to Gujarat Population 6.89% 7.19% 8. Sex Ratio (Per 1000) 934 919 9. Child Sex Ratio (0-6 Age) 897 886 10. Average Literacy 78.92 70.76 11. Male Literacy 85.39 80.04 12. Area Sq. Km 7,546 7,546 13. Density/km2 552 482 14. Proportion to Gujarat Population 6.89% 7.19% 15. Sex Ratio (Per 1000) 934 919 16. Child Sex Ratio (0-6 Age) 897 886 17. Average Literacy 78.92 70.76 18. Male Literacy 85.39 80.04 19. Area Sq. Km 7,546 7,546 20. Density/km2 552 482 21. Proportion to Gujarat Population 6.89% 7.19% 22. Sex Ratio (Per 1000) 934 919 (Source: Census 2011, http://www.census2011.co.in/census/district/200-vadodara.html)

211

EIA Report

3.13.2 Employment and Livelihood

In Vadodara, as in other districts of Gujarat, agriculture happens to be the main source of subsistence for the majority of people. According to the 2011 Census, 52.11 percent of the total working population of the district was engaged in agriculture, as against 49.61 percent in the State as a whole.

Next to agriculture, 45 % of the total work force engaged in Industry and other sectors. However, consequent upon availability of improved irrigation potential, agriculture sector has gained advantage and more people take up the farming activities with great vigour. The district provides tremendous scope for Horticulture and Agro-processing activities. Many Non-farm sector activities are also taken up as a number of Small Scale Industries and ancillary units are required to support the large industries, besides engaging labour force for repairs & service.

Cash Crops cover more area than the normal food crops in the district. The major crops grown in the district are Cotton, Sugarcane, Tuwar and Paddy. Banana, Mango and Sapota are the main Horticulture crops. Vegetable are grown extensively in Padra and Vadodara blocks. The district is amongst the highest contributors to the total production of Banana in the State (14.2 %). It is also the largest producer of Brinjal in the State, contributing 12.6 % of the total production. Vadodara is also second largest producer of Guava with 22.6 %, Okra 13.4 %, Tomato 12.2 % and Turmeric 16.8 %. It is the third largest producer of papaya 9.7and custard apple 15.3 %. It is also one of the four Cashew nut producing districts in the State.

3.13.3 Education Facilities

The district has good primary and secondary education infrastructure in urban and rural areas. Average literacy rate of Vadodara in 2011 were 78.92 compared to 70.76 of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 85.39 and 72.03 respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at 80.04 and 60.73 in Vadodara District. Total literate in Vadodara District as of census 2011 were 2,893,080 of which male and female were 1,614,087 and 1,278,993 respectively. The accessibility of Primary and Upper Primary education has increased the literacy rate as well as

212

EIA Report reducing the dropout rate. The following Table 3-26 shows details of education infrastructures. Table 3-26 Details of Education Infrastructures

Type of schools Savli Vadodara Vadodara Vaghodia Block Block Corporation Block Primary only 88 74 18 124 Primary + Upper Primary 74 133 301 62 Primary with UP and Sc and Higher Sec 0 12 105 1 Upper Primary only 3 6 3 0 UP+ Secondary+ HSC 1 2 1 3 Primary with Under Primary and Secondary 1 7 34 4 Secondary only 13 14 37 8 Sec with Higher Sec 13 18 90 5 Higher Sec only/Jr. College 0 1 21 1 Source: District Information System on Education (DISE report) card 2016-2017

3.13.4 Health Facilities

Primary Health Centers (PHCs) and Health Sub-centers (HSCs) are providing the preventive, curative and rehabilitative health care services to the rural people. The district has good number of public health systems accessible and affordable apart from the private health facilities.

Table 3-27 Socio Economic Analysis: Healthcare

District Primary Health Taluk Taluk Hospital Hospitals Centre Savli 1 3 Vadodara 1 2 9 Vaghodia 1 4

3.13.5 Industrial Scenario

During the decade of 1988-1997 the key industries segments like Chemicals, Boilers & Steam generating equipments and glass showed a major increase. The growth of investments in Chemicals sector excluding fertilizers is almost 98 % over the last decade 1988-1997. Other industry segments showing growth in investments include sugar, vegetable oils, fermentation industries & transportation. During 1988-1997 decade maximum investments were observed in Petrochemicals, Chemicals, Textiles, Plastics and Pharmaceuticals. Of these, Pharmaceuticals and Chemicals were highly

213

EIA Report labour intensive and created maximum employment opportunities. In the last decade 1997-2007 Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals are also among the top five investment generating sectors. New sectors with high investments during this period include Infrastructure, Glass and Transportation. The major sectors which have witnessed maximum investments are Biotechnology and Chemicals & Petrochemicals. Other key sectors are Engineering, Food & Agro, Tourism and Textiles & Apparels. (Source: MSME Vadodara 2016-2017)

3.13.6 Social Economic Profile of the study area

The population of the 10 km radius of the area is 10, 50,613. The total number of households is 2, 31,765. The average family size is 4.53. The male population of the area is 52 % and female population is 48%. The area is more urbanised as the major portion of the area under corporation and other urban locations. 89.47% of the population of the area is living in urban locations. Table 3-28 provides the details on population profile within study area. Table 3-29 show the socio-economic indicator within the study area.

214

EIA Report

Table 3-28: Population profile within study area

Agricultural Workers Main Workers Marginal Workers Total Main Marginal Name Main Workers Marginal Workers Workers Workers Workers Agri Agri Cultivators Cultivators Household Others Household Others Labors Labors Within 5 Km Savli Taluk Manjusar 1841 1485 356 271 542 5 252 15 657 0 99 Pilol 1099 1091 8 336 312 1 4 2 441 0 3 Vadodara Taluk

Ajod 883 869 14 285 297 4 5 0 287 0 5 Asoj 1506 1425 81 220 557 10 22 8 640 1 48 Dasharath 3886 3472 414 165 734 20 147 34 2539 9 238 Dena 872 826 46 152 272 7 11 15 387 3 25 Dumad 1872 1796 76 380 893 0 31 9 514 0 45 Kotali 444 246 198 58 162 9 44 0 26 3 142 Samaspura 362 343 19 95 220 0 19 1 27 0 0 Sisva 1417 919 498 188 499 47 383 7 225 12 56 Sokhda 4915 4230 685 928 1905 70 514 30 1367 6 95 Sukhlipur 332 230 102 70 68 3 67 10 82 1 31 Vemali 877 866 11 32 235 0 2 2 597 0 9 Virod 1085 877 208 156 297 16 154 17 407 2 36 5 to 10 Km

Savli Taluk

Alindra 207 128 79 33 39 3 53 1 55 0 23 Anjesar 925 914 11 272 600 3 8 1 41 0 0 Indrad 665 647 18 282 278 0 13 1 86 0 5 Khokhar 641 584 57 162 319 28 25 0 103 0 4 Kunpad 1160 760 400 190 185 13 259 30 355 15 113

215

EIA Report

Lamdapura 288 110 178 64 3 0 172 0 43 0 6 Moksi 2548 1817 731 560 666 51 593 8 583 2 85 Paldi 278 269 9 49 137 0 6 0 83 0 3 Subhelav 219 204 15 40 113 2 9 34 17 1 3 Tundav 2297 1914 383 372 1064 14 286 17 461 6 77 Zumkal 124 23 101 21 0 0 101 0 2 0 0 Vadodara Taluk

Ankodiya 1736 1683 53 321 603 6 39 13 746 0 8 Bajwa 3138 2980 158 36 60 3 12 10 2874 2 141 Dhanora 1265 1132 133 115 268 7 49 20 729 16 61 Gorva 3026 2477 549 34 17 19 5 46 2380 20 505 Karodiya 3338 2756 582 117 160 31 37 37 2442 36 478 Koyli 3832 3225 607 253 838 13 221 25 2109 9 364 Nandesari (INA) 1208 1139 69 3 13 1 0 23 1100 4 64 Padmala 1979 1638 341 161 730 12 285 10 737 0 44 Ranoli 4017 3608 409 118 238 21 18 31 3221 9 361 Sankarda 3178 2557 621 550 788 115 308 72 1147 80 118 Sayajipura 1338 857 481 39 37 11 26 46 735 2 442 Sherkhi 3362 2940 422 1051 776 44 151 35 1078 3 224 Vasna-Kotariya 1369 1282 87 350 587 4 32 9 336 0 51 Vadodara (M Corp.) WARD NO.-0001 14421 13560 861 25 17 9 6 75 13443 10 836 Vadodara (M Corp.) WARD NO.-0002 41701 37946 3755 169 80 29 21 438 37259 61 3644 Vadodara (M Corp.) WARD NO.-0007 62057 57409 4648 295 429 129 70 744 55941 267 4182 Vadodara (M Corp.) WARD NO.-0008 33760 31983 1777 190 80 61 21 321 31392 42 1653 Vadodara (M Corp.) WARD NO.-0009 79970 75405 4565 371 244 174 86 772 74018 141 4164 Vadodara (M Corp.) WARD NO.-0010 59321 55390 3931 370 348 152 105 395 54277 71 3603 Vaghodia Taluk

Amreshwar 184 178 6 77 76 0 4 0 25 0 2 Bhaupura 244 210 34 61 40 1 8 2 107 0 25

216

EIA Report

Ganeshpura 339 298 41 68 152 0 37 0 78 0 4 Jesangpura 318 302 16 82 149 6 6 0 71 0 4 Kamrol 916 870 46 249 529 3 38 2 90 0 5 Kotambi 1347 1269 78 290 744 16 50 12 223 0 12 Kumetha 833 478 355 244 144 7 327 0 90 1 20 Morlipura 476 282 194 64 172 1 174 3 43 3 16 Sikandarpura 975 785 190 39 26 6 88 8 712 0 96 Total 360391 330684 29707 11123 18742 1187 5404 3391 297428 838 22278 (Source: Census 2011)

217

EIA Report

Table 3-29 : Summary of Socioeconomic indicators within the study area

S. No. Particulars Study Area 1 Number of villages in the Study Area 54 2 Total Households 231765 3 Total Population 1050613 4 Children Population (<6 Years Old) 106711 5 SC Population 81771 6 ST Population 49465 7 Total Working Population 360391 8 Main Workers 330684 9 Marginal Workers 29707 10 Agricultural Workers 36456 11 Household Industries 4229 12 Other Workers 319706 13 Literates 848260 (Source: Census 2011)

3.13.7 Industrialization within the study area

The industrial clusters include Chemicals & fertilizers, Pharmaceuticals, Biotechnology, Cotton Textiles, Machine Tools, Glass, Engineering, Tobacco, Fisheries and Dairy. There are over 18,000 small scale industrial units in Vadodara, in which repairs & services units are maximum in numbers accounting nearly 5,713 units, 1,923 textiles, 1,615 metal works, 1,357 chemicals, 1,316 equipments/machinery, 1,145 rubber & its products, 1,047 food products and 3,840 are misc. Units. There are thirteen Industrial Estates viz., Sankheda, Jetpur Pavi, Dabhoi, Ranoli (Autonagar), Limda, Por Ramangamdi, Nadesari, Waghodia, Makarpura, PCC, Savli, Savli Biotech Park and Sehra are at present operating in the district. Moreover, there are also three Special Economic Zones (SEZs) namely Savli SEZ, Suzlon SEZ and Nipam Infrastructure Ltd.

218

EIA Report

The list of important industries in the district are given below

No Taluka Name of Company No Taluka Name of Company 1. Dabhasa Cadila Health Care Ltd. 23. Vadodara Indian Oil Corporation Ltd. Vadodara Bombardier 24. Vadodara Jyoti Ltd. 2. Transportation India Ltd. 25. Vadodara Larsen & Toubro Ltd. Padra Baroda Equipment & Vadodara Kiri Dyes& Chemicals 3. Vessels Pvt. Ltd. 26. Vadodara KAPS Engineers 4. Padra Biotor Industries Ltd. 27. Padra Cadila Health Care Ltd. Vadodara Panoli 5. 28. Intermediates(India) Padra Crompton Greaves Ltd. 6. 29. Vadodara Petro net LNG Ltd. Savli India Malt Pvt. Ltd. 7. 30. Vadodara Reliance Industries 8. Savli E.I. Dupont India Ltd. Vadodara Sabic Innovative Plastics Savli GPT Pipe Industries Pvt. 31. India Ltd. 9. Ltd. 32. Vadodara Shankar Packaging Ltd. Vadodara ABB Ltd 10. 33. Vadodara Dinesh Mills Ltd. Vadodara Alstom Projects India Ltd. 11. 34. Vadodara Sterling Gilatine Ltd. Vadodara Amoli Organics Pvt. Ltd. 12. 35. Vadodara Solaris Biochemicals Vadodara Apollo Tyres Ltd. 13. 36. Vadodara Suzlon Energy Vadodara Asta India Ltd. 14. 37. Vadodara Transpek Industry Ltd. Vadodara Ashwin VanaspatiI Vadodara Voltemp Transformer Ltd. 15. Industries Ltd. 38. Vadodara Benzo Petro International 39. Vadodara Thermax Ltd. 16. Ltd. Vadodara Benzo Petro International 17. Vadodara Gas Authority of India 40. Ltd. Vadodara GSFC Ltd. 18. Vadodara GSFC Ltd. 41. Vadodara Diamond Cables Ltd. 19. Vadodara Gujarat Adani Enegy Ltd. 42. Vadodara Gujarat Industries & 43. Vadodara Fag Bearing Ltd. 20. Power Co. Ltd. 44. Vadodara Deepak Nitrate Ltd. 21. Vadodara Inox Air Products Lab. 45. Waghodiya 20Micron Ltd. 22. Vadodara JCT Electronics Ltd. 46. Waghodiya EMCO Ltd. Source: MSME Development Institute

219

EIA Report

Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

220

EIA Report

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 Introduction

One of the important components in the process of environmental impact assessment is identification of significant impacts as it leads to other elements such as quantification and evaluation of impacts. Any change in environment whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially, resulting from impacting activity is called Environmental Impact. Each individual activity with respect to each environmental parameter will have its own impact potential. Proposed project activities will be carried out in such a way so that potential adverse/negative impacts are avoided, wherever possible. While for remaining impacts which are inevitable, practicable mitigation measures will be recommended to minimize the adverse impacts.

The prediction of impacts helps to develop and implement mitigative measures/ environment management plan in such a way that the developmental activity will minimize the deterioration of environmental quality.

4.2 Proposed Project Activities

The proposed project will have impacts on environment during the tenure of two phases; i.e. construction phase and operation phase.

4.3 Construction phase

Construction phase of the proposed project is temporary and will mainly involve the following generic construction activities

 Excavation  Formwork & concreting  Material handling and Transportation  Use of Tools and Potable power tools  Scaffolding  Crane and Rigging Equipment

221

EIA Report

 Mechanical Equipments  Working in confined space

4.3.1 Impacts during Construction Phase

As the main impacts of the construction phase are envisaged in terms of air pollution only, this natural mitigation would be significantly helpful in elimination of predicted impacts of the phase. However, the following principal major impacts to the environment are considered for further planning of mitigation measures:  The use of automobiles and machinery during construction can deteriorate the air quality and generate temporary emission.  The use of automobiles and machinery generates noise pollution from construction activities.  The irregular working hours, & traffic, night-working, flood-lighting and transportation damage the socioeconomic balance of surrounding region.  Effects may occur due to the accumulation of the contaminant in water resources & soil due to uptake of construction material.  Short term heavy construction might cause increase in noise level  Effects on work place condition & human health due to the accidents during the construction works.  Effects on the socio-economic activity due to direct impacts or indirect impacts on socio-economic activities.

4.3.2 Mitigation Measures for Construction Phase

 The entire construction activities will be confined with the designated area inside the existing premises.  The small amount of unused construction material shall be stored in proper area to utilise further in construction activities and surplus excavated material shall be disposed of in suitable pre-identified areas.  Construction material shall be stored at adequate distance from the water storage in order to prevent any chances of accidental leakage or spillage which

222

EIA Report

could pollute the water storage  Wherever required impervious lining shall be provided to the storage premises to avoid accidental mixing or mixing due to fugitive losses.  To reduce the dust generation on site wherever & whenever required water shall be sprinkled on ground or stock pile of excavated soil.  Equipments / machineries shall be used efficiently and shall be kept shut in order to reduce air emission, noise pollution and consumption of energy resource  Emission from the equipments/machineries shall be monitored on regular basis and possible implementation shall be provided on site  Transport vehicles shall be monitored & maintained regularly to control the emission quality and fuel consumption  Provision of necessary PPEs like face mask & eye-glasses to employees /labours engaged in construction activities.  The machineries/equipment used on site shall be of highly maintained so they do work with optimum efficiency generating less noise pollution  Operation of machineries/equipment causing high noise level shall be stopped during the night time and all such operations shall be planned for day time only.  Transportation activities shall not be conducted during the night (other than in case of emergency) to avoid high noise level in nearby villages/locality.

Land environment

Impacts

Since it is an expansion project, it will be implemented within the IOCL, Dumad premises; there is no additional land to be acquired for the proposed project. The expansion project will be done in land area, which is identified as appropriate location based on environmental and engineering requirements. The activities carried out during the construction phase will involve a change in the land use from vacant industrial land to a built up industrial land, which will pose the following impacts on the land environment.

223

EIA Report

1. Compaction of soil and a change in the soil structure due to the use of heavy construction vehicles and machineries. 2. Removal of soil from the site. 3. Mixing of the topsoil and subsoil. 4. Dispersion of dust. Mitigation Measures

1. Employing techniques such as restricting access during wet conditions, using protective boarding and low ground pressure machineries to minimize compaction of soil. 2. The removed soil will be properly stored for subsequent reinstatement. 3. Reuse of excess excavated material for road development, green belt development and landscaping. 4. A well designed closed depository for storage of construction materials to prevent land/soil pollution. 5. Effective stabilization of altered landforms to minimize soil erosion and the potential for water pollution (e.g. Vegetation). 6. Reuse of construction wastes such as sand, brick, gravel, cement for developing internal road and project structures.

Air environment

In order to predict the impact of constructional and operational activities on the ambient air quality, the data on emission, micrometeorology and from Indian Meteorological Department (IMD) were collected. All these data will be used to predict ground level concentration of (GLCs) of SO2, NOX and PM10 for different temporal variations. In the construction phase, activities like site clearance, site leveling, movements of workers and material, construction of road, transportation activities will generate dust, gaseous pollutants and particulate matter and affect the air quality. Other impacts include - 1. Site Preparation-fencing, boundary and clearing of site will cause disturbance to the surroundings. 2. Excavation, backfilling and leveling.

224

EIA Report

3. Hauling and dumping of earth materials and construction spoils. 4. Foundation works can cause dust generation which will decrease the air quality and it can impact the labors working. 5. Fabrication, erection of steel structures such as tanks, pipelines and sheds. 6. Construction of internal roads drains and water supply. 7. Cleaning and landscaping. 8. Emission from Construction DG & Construction Equipments. Mitigation Measures 1. Barricading the construction area and minimizing exposed areas to reduce dust generation. 2. Areas generating dust during dry weather will be sprayed with water. 3. Creation of vegetation screens to act as a barrier to dust. 4. Appropriate enclosed areas for storage of construction materials. 5. Facilitating the workers with the required personal protective equipments. 6. Efficient usage and maintenance of equipments/machineries to lower air emissions, noise pollution and consumption of energy resource. 7. Exhaust vent of DG set will be provided with adequate stack height to ensure quick dispersal of gaseous emissions. 8. Periodic monitoring and maintenance of transport vehicles to check on the quality of emission to be within permissible limits and consumption of fuel. 9. Regular inspection of construction site to ensure timely removal and disposal of construction debris to the dumping sites or for recycle/reuse.

Water environment

Impacts 1. Contamination of water courses by leakage from fuel and materials storage areas. 2. Oil and suspended solids in run-off from vehicles and access roads. 3. Use of heavy machineries and vehicles causes compaction of topsoil due to which a change in the surface water drainage pattern may occur. 4. Generation of sewage / process effluent and blow down.

225

EIA Report

Mitigation measures

1. The water demand during the construction phase will be met from Mahi River. 2. Impenetrable lining will be provided to storage premises to avoid accidental mixing or fugitive losses. 3. Storehouse will be located at a distance away from the water storage area to prevent accidental release or spillage. 4. Proper management of rain water run-off during monsoon and creating bunds to utilize the rain water for construction purpose. 5. An appropriate water management system will be implemented.

Noise environment

Impacts During construction phase, the noise will mostly be produced because of building activities and machineries used for carrying out construction. Construction activities mainly involve diesel generators, laying of foundation, erection of superstructure, clearing of obstruction and trees if any from the proposed area. Activities such as construction of labor camps, onsite office, pneumatic hammers, compressors, concrete mixers, construction material plants however don’t cause significant noise pollution but if the work continuous for longer duration, it can affect the health of local people and workers involved in the project work. Mitigation Measures 1. Barricading the construction site. 2. The green belt will help in reducing the noise nuisance. 3. Selection of equipments of high quality. 4. Proper planning and organizing of construction activities which will help in avoiding loud verbal exchanges between the intervening parties. 5. Transportation activities will be carried out only during the day and only in case of emergency, the transportation activities will be permitted in night time.

226

EIA Report

6. The vehicles used for construction activities and transportation of materials will be provided with the horn of low noise level as recommended by RTO/ concerned authorities. 7. Minimization of operation time of noisy equipment and operation of machineries/equipment that generate high levels of noise only during day time. 8. Inadequate use of plant and equipment, namely, running on full power when the work does not necessitate it will be avoided. 9. Personal protective equipments, education and public awareness and exposure control through rotation of work will be provided to the workers engaged in construction activities in the area generating high levels of noise.

Waste generation

The source of waste are metal pieces, cardboards, wooden scrap, sand gravels etc., generation of chemical waste by general site practices (e.g. vehicle and plant maintenance/servicing), municipal waste generated by site workers.

Mitigation measures 1. Recycling/reusing/recovering materials where possible and thereby neglecting or reducing the disposal requirements. 2. Separation of construction material for reuses either to be used on onsite filling or can be used as public fill. 3. Training the staff in waste minimizing practices. 4. Chemical waste should be stored in a locked area so as to avoid leaching of harmful chemicals in the soil or nearby water bodies (If any). Ecology

Except for the removal of weeds, the ecological status of the site will be well maintained by conserving/ developing the greenbelt at the site.

Social environment

Predicting socio-economic impacts can be best done by planned survey accompanied with questionnaire from the local public. Such a survey will help in knowing the

227

EIA Report response of people about the expansion project. The proposed project has a positive impact by providing employment to about 200 people in the area improving the standard of living and quality of life.

4.4 Operation phase From an Environmental perspective, this phase is of paramount significance due to its potential to invoke long term impacts. The adverse effects that are likely to occur during this operational phase of the project are Air pollution (gaseous Emissions), Effluent generation, Noise Generation, Solid waste Generation etc.

4.4.1 Impacts during operational phase

Because of its potential to create long-term impacts, this phase is very important from the environmental impact point of view. The basic impacts like gaseous emissions, water consumption/ pollution and solid waste will have the potential to adversely affect air, water and land / soil in the vicinity of the project site.

This phase will broadly include the following direct and indirect activities / actions:

 Storage and transportation of raw materials and finished products.  Gaseous emissions  Effluent Generation, treatment and disposal  Noise Generation  Solid waste generation

4.5 Air Environment

Base line data reveals that ambient air quality in the study area for the parameters such as PM 2.5, PM10, SO2, NO2, are well within the permissible limits as prescribed by the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQ) for Industrial Area, Residential, Rural &

Other area. Stack emission of PM, SO2, NOx, HC & CO are due to LNG Boilers, process units, Flare and DG. Adequate measures will be taken to control Air Pollution through installation of low NOx burners and by providing adequate stack height as per PCB guidelines.

228

EIA Report

4.5.1 Meteorological data The metrological data for the month of November 2017 to January 2018 is considered for GLC modeling for evaluating ambient air quality. The various parameters like temperature, pressure, wind speed, wind direction etc. were considered and has been taken from IOCL JR meteorological data. The wind directions considered were from North & North East to South and South West.

4.5.2 AERMET Process

For the 3 phase AERMET processing of the meteorological data, specifications of the land use in the area are required to determine the terrain roughness for modelling. The land use was characterized for in and around the site. The surface characteristics for the site and surroundings were selected and used to calculate the Albedo, Bowen ratio, and surface roughness parameter. The meteorological data were processed in the AERMET software to generate wind flow pattern & to generate surface meteorological data and profile meteorological data in a prescribed format that can be fed to AERMOD for modeling.

229

EIA Report

4.5.3 AERMOD Process

AERMOD Software Version 8.0.5 was used for air dispersion modelling and is applicable to a wide range of buoyant or neutrally buoyant emissions up to a range of 10 km. In addition to more straight forward cases, AERMOD is also suitable for complex terrain and urban dispersion scenarios.

AERMOD is a steady-state plume model. In the stable boundary layer (SBL), it assumes the concentration distribution to be Gaussian in both the vertical and horizontal. In the convective boundary layer (CBL), the horizontal distribution is also assumed to be Gaussian, but the vertical distribution is described with a bi-Gaussian Probability Density Function (PDF). This behaviour of the concentration distributions in the CBL was demonstrated by Willis and Deardorff (1981) and Briggs (1993). Additionally, in the CBL, AERMOD treats “plume lofting,” whereby a portion of plume mass, released from a buoyant source, rises to and remains near the top of the boundary layer before becoming mixed into the CBL. AERMOD also tracks any plume mass that penetrates into the elevated stable layer, and then allows it to re-enter the boundary layer when and if appropriate. For sources in both the CBL and the SBL AERMOD treats the enhancement of lateral dispersion resulting from plume meander.

The emissions from existing and proposed stacks are estimated and these stack emissions are used for the air dispersion modelling as shown in Table 4-1 & Table 4-2.

230

EIA Report

Table 4-1 Existing Stack Emission details

Emission per stack Stack Details (mg/NM3) Exit Vol. Source Fuel used Height Velocity Flow No of Dia Temp (m) (m/s) rate PM SO NOx Stack (m) (°C) 2 ARL (NM3/ Hr) LPG Terminal Diesel 250kVA (750 Liter/ 1 3.16 0.15 120 9.55 607 70 102.70 7.71 DG Month) Fire water Diesel 1 8 0.2 124 9.37 1060 93 138.07 3.97 Engine -1 Fire water Diesel 1 8 0.2 108 9.07 1026 83 134.93 6.77 Engine -2 Fire water Diesel 1 8 0.2 118 10.27 1161 76 129.69 10.49 Engine -3 Flare Diesel 1 30 0.3 110 9.5 2417 ------Stack White oil Terminal 125 kVA Diesel 1 3.16 0.15 131 10.43 663 84 155.37 5.64 DG (40LPH) 320 kVA Diesel 1 8 0.15 139 10.94 696 96 164.27 9.02 DG 320 kVA Diesel 1 8 0.15 136 10.76 684 88 176.33 9.40 DG 320 kVA Diesel 1 8 0.15 134 10.88 692 91 152.75 8.46 DG Fire water Diesel 1 8 0.2 127 10.73 1213 89 121.31 8.84 Engine -1 Fire water Diesel 1 8 0.2 129 10.58 1196 71 110.04 7.90 Engine -2 Fire water Diesel 1 8 0.2 125 10.12 1144 74 115.02 6.39 Engine -3 Fire water Diesel 1 8 0.2 118 9.67 1093 66 105.59 6.02 Engine -4

231

EIA Report

Fire water Diesel 1 8 0.2 122 9.83 1112 76 126.28 7.71 Engine -5 Total Emission (mg/NM3) 1057 1732.4 98.32

Table 4-2 Proposed Stack Emission details

Emission per stack Stack Details (mg/NM3) Fuel Source Height Exit Vol. Flow used No of Dia Temp (m) Velocity rate (NM3/ PM SO NOx Stack (m) (°C) 2 AGL (m/s) Hr)

CCU Stack 1 60 2.03 120 10 116493.7 30 100 100

HP Flare 1 60 0.8 220 10 18092.2 30 100 100 Stack LP Flare 1 60 0.8 220 10 18092.2 30 100 100 Stack Incinerator 1 60 0.8 240 10 18092.2 30 100 100 Stack DG Sets Diesel 1 12 0.3 310 10 2544.2 30 100 100 1500 kVA Total Emission 180 500 500

Total Emissions (g/s) 1.57 5.25 5.25 Boiler 1 x 60 LNG 1 30 2.38 180 20 17413 0.59 0.05 10.83 TPH Boiler 1 x 60 TPH LNG 1 30 2.38 180 20 17413 0.59 0.05 10.83 (Standby) Total Emissions (g/s) 2.16 5.3 16.08

Note: for worst case scenario uncontrolled emissions are considered.

 As per GSR 742(E) Stack height calculated based on Formula H = 14(Q)0.3

Where Q is emission rate of SO2 in *kg/hr. and *H Stack height in metres.

Note: Proposed stack specification may change during designing stage. However, Emissions norms will be strictly maintained.

232

EIA Report

Figure 4-1 Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of PM within 10 km radius of the Study area

Table 4-3 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentration of Particulate Matter UTM coordinates (m) Distance from Conc. Direction from S.NO Centre of E N (µg/m3) Source Centre Sources (Km) 1 315129.1 2476953 1.444 1 S 2 316131.8 2476953 0.829 1.45 SE 3 316131.8 2477949 0.788 1 E 4 315129.1 2475957 0.760 2 S 5 314126.3 2476953 0.753 1.5 SW 6 315129.1 2477949 0.615 0 0 7 314126.3 2474961 0.603 3.1 SSW 8 313123.6 2476953 0.526 2.3 WSW 9 314126.3 2475957 0.514 2.2 SSW 10 314126.3 2473965 0.471 4 WSW

233

EIA Report

Figure 4-2 Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area

Table 4-4 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentration of Sulfur Dioxide UTM coordinates (m) Distance from Conc. Direction from S.NO Centre of E N (µg/m3) Source Centre Sources (Km) 1 315129.1 2476953 4.19 1 S 2 315129.1 2475957 2.38 2 S 3 316131.8 2476953 2.37 1.45 SE 4 314126.3 2476953 2.17 1.5 SW 5 316131.8 2477949 2.09 1 E 6 315129.1 2477949 1.84 0 0 7 314126.3 2474961 1.61 3.1 SSW 8 314126.3 2473965 1.44 4 WSW 9 314126.3 2475957 1.40 2.2 SSW 10 317134.5 2475957 1.38 2.8 SW

234

EIA Report

Figure 4-3 Predicted 24 hrs GLC’s of SO2 within 10 km radius of the Study area

Table 4-5 Predicted Top 10 Highest Concentration of Sulfur Dioxide

UTM coordinates (m) Distance from Conc. Direction from S.NO Centre of E N (µg/m3) Source Centre Sources (Km) 1 315129.1 2476953 7.65 1 S 2 316131.8 2477949 5.11 1 E 3 316131.8 2476953 4.60 1.5 SE 4 314126.3 2476953 4.08 1.5 SW 5 314126.3 2475957 3.91 2.2 SSW 6 314126.3 2474961 3.88 3.1 SSW 7 313123.6 2476953 3.50 2.2 WSW 8 315129.1 2477949 3.22 0 0 9 315129.1 2475957 3.20 2 S 10 314126.3 2473965 2.67 4.01 S

235

EIA Report

Conclusion:

It was observed that the maximum incremental concentration observed due to proposed

3 3 3. expansion for PM SO2 and NOx are 1.44 µg/m , 4.19 µg/m and 7.65 µg/m So it can be concluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact envisaged is minimum or negligible. The total increase in concentrations above baseline status to estimate the percentage increase and summarized in Table 4-6. Vehicular modelling was also carried out but since the number of vehicles increased is marginal per day no major impact envisaged on Air environment.

Table 4-6 Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions

Max Base predicted Conc. Total % Increment in NAAQ Pollutant Line Conc. at source Conc. Concentration standard (µg/m3) (µg/m3) (µg/m3) Levels

PM10 92.4 1.44 93.84 100 1.56 SO2 41.5 4.19 45.69 80 10.10 NOx 44.9 7.65 52.55 80 17.04

Mitigation measures

1. Air pollution control measures will be provided by the industry. 2. Ambient air quality monitoring will be carried out regularly at selected locations in order to check and compare the predicted concentrations with the measured concentrations. NAAQS exceedance if any may be checked thoroughly and adequacy/Performance of Air Pollution Control measures shall be reviewed. 3. Water sprinkling shall be carried out on road surfaces in the project area. 4. Adequate Greenbelt width will be provided. 5. Trucks with cargo susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with tarpaulin. All the vehicles will be periodically checked to ensure compliance to the emission standards. 6. In addition, EMC will ensure that unit will be with essential pollution control measures as to be stated by GPCB in their CCA.

236

EIA Report

4.5.4 Impacts due to Traffic and Transportation

The vehicular movement for the proposed project is given in Table 4-7

Table 4-7 Existing & Proposed Vehicular movement per hour

Total Existin Propose Total PCU vehicles PCU g Existi d Propos after S. Type of after Factors vehicle ng vehicles ed project No Vehicle project IRC (SP s trips/ PCU trips/ PCU implement implemen 41) Day Day ation tation 1 Cars 15 15 5 5 20 1 20 2 2 wheelers 30 15 20 10 50 0.5 25 3 3 Wheeler 5 4 5 4 10 0.8 8 Truck / 4 50 175 30 105 80 3.5 280 Lorry Total 100 209 60 124 160 5.8 333

Based on the traffic for the proposed project, the expected LOS due to the project is given in Table 4-8. Table 4-8 Traffic Volume after Implementation of the Project

For the Volume of Volume Capacity LOS Traffic V/C Ratio Road Traffic (V) (C) Category* Classification

Existing 100 209 3600 0.058 A Free Flow

Proposed 60 124 3600 0.034 A Free Flow

Total 160 333 3600 0.093 A Free Flow

*LOS categories are A-Free Flow, B- Reasonably Free Flow, C-Stable Flow, D-Approaching unstable flow, E- Unstable flow, F- Forced or breakdown flow

Due to proposed project there will be slight increment in the vehicle movement but the level of service (LOS) anticipated will be free flow.

237

EIA Report

4.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 4.6.1 Impact

The noise generated during the operational phase can be divided into two categories

A) Stationary source due to heavy duty machineries at the project site such as compressors, DG sets, pumps, Boiler etc. B) Mobile source corresponding to mainly vehicular traffic for staff mobilization, materials, material transportation, liquid fuel transportation to project site, etc. Vibrations are expected to be generated by various activities associated with the proposed project during operational phase. The impact of vibrations beyond the site would be negligible during normal operation phase. However, the impacts on workers engaged in the plant area would be considerable due to occupational exposure. The proposed fixed major equipment/units such as compressors, pumps, DG sets etc., also generate vibrations during operational phase and may cause exposures to the workers/operators engaged at these units.

All equipments in the plant produce 40 to 55 dB(A) after control measures and equipments are designed/operated to have a noise level not exceeding 85 to 90 dB(A) as per the requirement of Occupational Health and Safety Administration Standard (OHSAS). In addition, since most of the noise generating equipment would be in closed structures, the noise transmitted outside would be still lower and for any other case of higher noise sufficient safety ear plugs and ear muffs will be provided to the employees.

4.6.2 Mitigation Measure

 The major noise generating equipment like Boiler, Compressors, DG sets, pumps etc. will be enclosed in an acoustic enclosure designed for an insertion loss of 25 dB (A) and silencers to other equipment etc.  Major noise generating equipment will be designed with 85 dB (A) ensuring cumulative noise at 1.0 m remains at 85 dB (A).  The occupational noise exposure to the workers in the form of eight hourly time weighted average will be maintained well within the prescribed Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) standard limits.

238

EIA Report

 Adequate PPE will be provided to the staff exposing to noise risks.  Acoustic silencers will be provided in equipment wherever necessary.  Acoustic design with sound proof glass panelling will be provided for critical operator cabins / control rooms of individual modules as well as central control facilities.  Use of personal protective equipments/devices such as ear-muffs, ear plugs etc. will be strictly enforced for the workers engaged in high noise areas.  Periodic maintenance of the equipment to be used in the developmental works will be carried out. Worn out parts will be replaced and rotating parts will be lubricated to minimize noise emissions.  Implementation of greenbelt for noise attenuation will be undertaken: shrub plantation; landscaping with horticulture; and Tree plantation at vehicle parking areas and along approach roads.  Ambient noise levels will be monitored at regular intervals during operational phase of the project.  Low vibration generating machines/equipment will be selected to meet international standards and foundations will be so designed to minimize vibrations and secured properly.  Vibration generating sources and their platforms should be maintained properly to minimize vibrations and related impacts.  Various standards pertaining to vibrations are formulated by statutory bodies like Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS), which is being practiced would be continued to mitigate the workers’ health effects due to vibrations.  Vibration dampers will be provided around the source of generation.  Transportation Management Plan will be prepared and the transportation of construction materials will be planned in line with the same. 4.7 Water Environment

No Ground water will be extracted from ground water. The source of water will be from Mahi River (12.3 km towards W). The total raw water requirement for proposed operation phase will be ~3 MGD.

239

EIA Report

Wastewater will be segregated into Domestic and Industrial effluent. Domestic effluent and Industrial effluent will be treated in a dedicated Combined ETP of capacity 190 & OWS of 150 KLPH. Treated wastewater will be used within the plant and Zero Liquid Discharge concept will be maintained, hence no adverse impact due to the proposed project on water environment

4.7.1 Impacts on surface water bodies

The surface water and groundwater are the life line of the villages. All the ponds/lakes/rivers in the area are working as recharge sites for the under lying groundwater and hence the surface water and ground water systems are acting like a single unit and therefore cannot be seen in Isolation.

Any contamination in surface drainage due to operation of project could collapse the system and will have serious impacts to the water resources especially the availability of potable water in the PIA area. The impacts will be high in the core area especially the 5.0 km radius area. Therefore, the efficiency of the Zero waste discharge will be ensured with proper regulatory and institutional arrangements.

Mitigation measures

Though the proposed development will not draw Groundwater, the following measures proposed as a part of development to improve the ground water scenario and also to ensure that ground water is not contaminated.

Strategic plans such as implementing the following structures for rain water harvesting and groundwater recharging purposes in project site will be adhered.

 Recharge pits  Only roof-top rain water harvesting  Rainwater storage ponds/tanks  Storage cum recharge ponds  Monitoring of water quality and groundwater level variations in the project site.

240

EIA Report

4.7.2 Impacts due to wastewater generation The source of wastewater generation from the project is as follows:  Industrial wastewater/effluent  Cooling water blow down  Domestic Sewage  Equipment cleaning and floor washings, etc. The untreated wastewater if discharged into nearby surface water may affect the surface water and/or if disposed off on land without treatment may pollute the ground and surface water.

Mitigation measures

Various mitigation measures are proposed to be adopted to minimize the impact if any on the water environment due to the wastewater/runoff generation during the operation phase of the project.  Institutional arrangement for monitoring of water pollution.  Corrective and preventive measures if any contamination happens.  Monitoring should ensure early determination of any threats to water resources in terms of contamination.  If contaminated, proper expertise will be brought to schematize the various recharge mechanism to reduce or nullify the impact effects.

4.7.3 Waste water quality, quantity and treatment method The existing sewage is being sent to septic tank followed by soak pit. The sewage from proposed domestic use is being treated along with Industrial Effluent in ETP.

Total 125 KLH of effluent is anticipated and will be treated in dedicated proposed Combined ETP’s of 190 KLPH and oil waste separator of 150 KLPH. Treated water from ETP will be passed through RO and Permeate and MEE condensate are reused for Cooling tower

Detailed process description discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.16. Typical ETP diagram is given in Figure 4-4.

241

EIA Report

Spent EFFLUENT TREATMENT PLANT Chemical Treatment Caustic (Reaction Chamber)

Slop Oil Biological Treatment Oily Waste ( Bio Tower , Aeration Final Water Physical Treatment Tank ) Clarifier (API,TPI,DAF)

Oily Sludge Tertiary Treatment Domestic ( DMFs, ACFs) Sewage Domestic Sewage Bio Sludge

Guard Ponds

Oily Sludge Bio Sludge Centrifuges Centrifuge

Polishing Ponds

Oily Sludge for Bio Sludge for Disposal Disposal

Figure 4-4 Typical ETP block diagram

242

EIA Report

Table 4-9 Characteristics of Effluent Generated

S. No ETP Outlet/ Parameters ETP Inlet RO Outlet RO Inlet 1 pH 7-8.5 7-7.5 7-7.5 2 TSS 100-500 8-15 8-15 3 TDS 10000-15000 10000-15000 270 4 COD 700 80 30 5 BOD 250 8-12 8-12 6 Sulfide 10 0.2-0.3 0.2-0.3 7 Oil <0.01% <0.01% <0.01%

4.8 Land Environment 4.8.1 Potential Impact due to location The proposed project is proposed Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project, Creation of necessary facility for origination of koyali – Ahmednagar – Sholapur pipeline (KAhPL) & installation of Tank truck loading facility (TTL) within the existing IOCL, Dumad facility. There will be no land acquisition and resettlement or Rehabilitation. Therefore, there will not be any direct impacts due to land acquisition.

4.8.2 Impacts due to Changes in Land Use Pattern

One of the factor that is usually considered as a major impact from any project is the land use change. But since the proposed revamp are to be established within the existing IOCL site, no land use change is foreseen, as the current land use is that of industrial.

4.8.3 Potential Impact due to Construction

During the construction phase site levelling would be required which involves site preparation work, the soil and rock debris etc., achieved as cut material from the higher gradient shall be utilised to elevate the low level areas within project premises.

The land disposal of solid wastes such as construction rubble, camp site garbage and discarded topsoil may impact soil quality. There might be a temporary phase of dumping

243

EIA Report the construction materials and wastes in the IOCL, Dumad complex marring the aesthetics of the site. Apart from the localised construction impacts confined to the project site, the impact is likely to be insignificant and no long term adverse impacts are envisaged. The earthen materials if any will be balanced by cut and fill quantities within the project site. The cut quantity will be required at the site to fill areas within the site.

4.8.4 Impact on Local Infrastructure

Transportation of construction material: Transportation of construction material (quarry material, cement &steel, paint, bricks etc) during construction phase of the project results in use of public infrastructure like roads, railways, drainage, water and power supply which in turn results in extra burden.

Construction Workers Camp: During the construction phase of the project there will be short term employment generation in the form of skilled and semiskilled labours. This could be for a period of maximum 2 to 3 years but the daily wage unskilled labours employed locally. Also majority of the works will be sub-contracted. There could be several impacts due to the location of construction camp in the area where in local area will receive people from most part of the country. Mitigation measures are as follows:

 Trucks with construction material susceptible for fugitive suspension will be covered with tarpaulin covers during transport of construction materials  Transportation management will be adopted for movement of vehicles transporting construction materials and traffic will be regulated.  Vehicles deployed will confirm to emission norms (air/noise) of CPCB and have valid Pollution Under Control (PUC) certificates  Very old vehicles (more than 20 years) will not be allowed at site  Trucks will comply with standards for exhaust emissions and noise levels.  To avoid/minimise impact/strain on the existing infrastructure, the worker camps will be self-sufficient and would not rely on any local resource. This would help to avoid any conflict with the local population. To mitigate impacts from health hazards, sanitation facilities will be provided.

244

EIA Report

4.8.5 Potential Impact due to Operation

The wastewater generated in Dumad Complex is being treated in existing ETP. The treated effluent water is then disinfected by dosing chlorine. Chlorine dosing is through a chlorination unit. Discharge of wastewater on land is not permitted and there will not be any impacts due to contamination of soil, ground and surface waters in and around the project sites. The following mitigation measures may be explored:

 Periodic maintenance and check of wastewater conveyance pipelines  Attempt to restore by replacing a part or putting together the torn or broken parts of the conveyance pipeline in case of any leakage is detected.  Necessary preventive measures for spillage from pipelines, such as surface RCC channels along the pipelines shall be adopted.  Treated wastewater quality shall be ensured as per standards before using internal use.

4.8.6 Impacts-Soil Contamination

Potential impacts on land environment are envisaged due to hazardous and non- hazardous wastes generated due to refinery operations. Poor management of such materials/wastes from the operations is a potential risk of soil contamination.

Good housekeeping and best practices of waste handling shall be adopted to eliminate/minimise the risks of soil contamination. The wastes generated will be stored in temporary storage facility and then it has to be transferred to nearby Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facility (TSDF) and also to the approved vendors of Gujarat Pollution Control Board (GPCB).

4.9 Flora & Fauna 4.9.1 Potential Impacts during Construction

The impacts caused by construction activities include the following:

 Exhaust emissions from diesel run engines, construction machinery and vehicles  Dust suspension during site preparation, construction and material transport

245

EIA Report

 Noise caused by vehicles transporting construction material  Noise caused by handling of construction materials  Noise & exhaust emissions from diesel run engines of construction machinery

During construction the transport of construction material will cause dust emission, emission of exhaust gases from vehicles such as CO2, CO and NOx. The fugitive dust may coat the leaves of plants and trees exist in the refinery area. Fauna that occur in the project area and surroundings may be disturbed by the sounds of vehicles, construction and construction equipment.

The impacts caused by construction to fauna are temporary and not long term and most (if not all) the observed and documented flora and fauna of the project area will adapt to following impacts

 Spraying of construction materials like sand and gravel with water will minimise dust emission.

 Properly maintained vehicles will produce reduced noxious emission.

 And the temporary labour camps must have proper sanitation facilities

Forest Area -No forest / ecologically sensitive area exists within 10 km radius from the project site. Hence there is no permission required from the Forest Department for the proposed revamp.

Wild Life - No wild life crossing is found along the project corridor. There is no Rare/ Endangered species found within 10 Km radius of the project site.

Cattle Grazing -No cattle grazing grounds have been found in the project area.

4.9.2 Potential Impacts During Operational stage Baseline status clearly indicates that there are no notified national parks, wildlife sanctuaries or biosphere reserves within 10 km radius from the refinery site. The following mitigation measures may be suggested.  Discharge of wastes/wastewater without treatment would not be allowed

246

EIA Report

 Awareness will be given to workers about the importance and conservation of terrestrial ecology and biodiversity  Avoid adverse impacts to faunal species etc,

4.10 Solid waste management Impact due to solid waste generation

During operation phase, various types of solid waste are likely to be generated which can be broadly categorized as Hazardous Waste and Non-hazardous Waste. Further, the generated solid waste generation may include Biodegradable, Recyclable and Inert compounds. The details of solid waste generation and its management proposed are discussed in Chapter 2, Section 2.9. If the solid waste generated is not properly managed and disposed in unauthorized manner, it will impact on soil quality, groundwater and air quality.

Solid waste management

Strict guidelines will be put in place in order to manage the solid waste generation during the operational phase of the development. The main goals of the guidelines will be to ensure adopting recycling techniques and encouraging sorting of solid waste at source into organic and inorganic wastes. Waste management is given in Figure 4-5.

Bio Remediation/ Hazardous waste TSDF

PCB Approved

Recyclable Waste Recycling Unit/

Vendor

Biodegradable Waste Composting/ Municipal Bin

Figure 4-5 Waste Management Concept

247

EIA Report

CHAPTER 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

248

EIA Report

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 5.1 Introduction

Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL) proposes Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project, Creation of necessary facility for origination of koyali – Ahmednagar – Sholapur pipeline (KAhPL) & installation of Tank truck loading facility (TTL) for linear Alkyl Benzene and laying of 9 Piggable, dedicated hydrocarbon service cross country pipelines (Including LPG supply and return) between refinery and Dumad in the existing Right of Way (ROW).

The range of alternatives selected for the purpose of analysis includes:

 Site alternative  Water supply alternative  Technology alternative

5.2 Site Alternative

Gujarat Refinery (JR), Indian Oils Major Refinery has a design crude processing capacity of 13.77 MMTPA. In order to decongest JR, 434 Acres of land was procured in Dumad for laying cross country product pipelines and creation of LPG facilities in May 1998. Further Tank Truck loading facilities for LPG, MS, HSD, SKO, FO, LDO were shifted to Dumad/ASOJ in 2001/2002 from JR. Out of 434 Acres of land 264 Acres of land is yet to be utilized. There is no new site considered.

5.3 Water supply alternative

The fresh water requirement of 1.97 MGD for the proposed unit will be met from the Mahi River. Many measures have been taken to reduce the fresh water consumption at the refinery.

5.4 Technology alternative

Acrylic Acid/ Acrylates production technology is highly guarded and very few technology providers are available- Rhom & Hass, Nippon Shokubai, Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation (MCC), Arkema, BAST etc. Most of these technology providers share their

249

EIA Report technology through joint venture route only. Further, there are limited technology providers available for Oxo Alcohol as well-Davy, MCC, BASF etc.

A Memorandom of understanding (MoU) has been signed with Arkema, France in 2008 by IOCL to examine the project feasibility. Subsequently, Feasibility study for the project was jointly undertaken. However, Arkema served IOC a termination of MoU citing their inability to secure approval for the project and sanction of funds. IOC has approached Arkema for sourcing third party license but the same was not agreeable to Arkema. Subsequently after due approval Arkema’s MoU termination was accepted.

Marubeni Corporation being a major Japanese trading house and also partner for SBR JV at panipat, was approached for Acrylic/ Acrylates technology tie up. Marubeni reacted positively to IOC proposal and indicated that they would be able to secure technology tie up from one of the Japanese technology providers. Thus, MCC came on board for the project. Through Marubeni endeavors, MCC agreed to provide third party license of their technology for Acrylic Acid, Butyl Acrylate and Oxo, Alcohol, to IOC- Marubeni joint venture. MOU and expense sharing agreement were executed in 2013.

Butyl Acrylate (Aacrylate predominantly used in India) has significant growth potential in the Indian Market with its demand expected to grow at approx 11% in the next five years. Currently, there is no producer of Butyl Acrylate (BA) in India with the entire domestic requirement (~170 KTA in year 2013) being met through imports. Oxo alcohols are primarily used as inputs for Acrylates production with other small applications like solvents.

Thus, there will be adequate propylene feedstock availability for the Acrylics/Oxos project with propylene demand (121 KTA) met by supplies from Gujarat Refinery (74 KTA) and Mathura refinery (48 KTA out of surplus of 60 KTA).

250

EIA Report

CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

251

EIA Report

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 6.1 Introduction

Environmental monitoring is an essential tool for sustainable development & ensuring effective implementation of environmental management plan & mitigation measures adopted. Environmental monitoring will undertake primarily to determine the environmental effects of human activities and secondarily to increase understanding of cause – effect relationships between human activity and environmental change. Environment monitoring is a repetitive & systematic measurement of the characteristics of environmental components to test specific hypotheses of the effect of human activities on the environment. Environmental monitoring program enables the proponent to identify the deviation of environmental quality due to the proposed project activities.

6.2 Environmental Effects Monitoring in EIA

Environmental effects monitoring programs provide the necessary information to:  Verify the accuracy of EIA predictions;  Determine the effectiveness of measures to mitigate adverse effects of projects on the environment. Environmental monitoring program is a vital process of any management plan of the development project. This helps in signalling the potential problems resulting from the proposed project and will allow for prompt implementation of effective corrective measures. The environmental monitoring will be required for the construction and operational phases. The main objectives of environmental monitoring area:

i. To assess the changes in environmental conditions, ii. To monitor the effective implementation of mitigation measures, iii. Warn significant deteriorations in environmental quality for further prevention action. iv. In order to meet the above objectives, the following parameters need to be monitored: v. Afforestation, vi. Water Quality and Public Health,

252

EIA Report

vii. Air and Noise quality, viii. Soil Conservation, and ix. Sanitation and Waste Disposal

6.2.1 Post Project Environment Monitoring Program

The summarized form of post monitoring details is presented in the following Table: 6-1.

Table: 6-1 Post Project Environmental Monitoring Plan

S. Particulars Frequency of Parameters for Monitoring No monitoring 1. Air pollution monitoring

Ambient air quality within Continuous PM, SOx, NOX, NO, NO2, CO the premises Ambient air quality within Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in the premises NAAQS Ambient air quality at 1 Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in location in Prevalent Down NAAQS Wind Direction Ambient air quality at 1 Once in a month All 12 parameters as given in location in Up Wind NAAQS Direction 2. Noise Monitoring At two locations within the Once in a month Noise Levels in dB(A) premises

3. Ground water quality monitoring One location at site and one Once a month Physicochemical properties, location outside site Heavy metals 4. Soil Quality monitoring One location near Once a month Physicochemical properties, Hazardous waste storage Nutrients, Heavy metals area at site and one

253

EIA Report

location outside site 5. Effluent Quality Monitoring Inlet and outlet of ETP Once a month pH, Temp, TDS, TSS, Chloride, Sulphide, Sulphate, fluoride, ammoniacal Nitrogen, Sodium, Copper, Zinc, Phenolic compounds, Oil and Grease, Boron, BOD, COD, Total Residual Chlorine, Arsenic, Cadmium, Total Chromium, Hexavalent Chromium, Lead, Selenium, Mercury, Pesticides, Alpha emitters, Free Ammonia, Dissolved Phosphates, Total Kjeldhal nitrogen, Cyanide, Nickel, Residual Sodium Carbonate. Inlet and out let of STP No STP Sewage is Biologically treated as a part of the CETP and standards are met through the pH, Temp, TDS, TSS, BOD, COD, Oil and grease. 6. Work place Monitoring Quarterly Noise, VOC, Lux levels

6.2.2 Monitoring Methodologies

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provide by MoEF&CC/CPCB/GPCB. The methods conducted or applied shall be approved or sanctioned by the any recognized body or authority i.e. MoEF&CC/CPCB/GPCB.

254

EIA Report

6.3 Reporting & Documentation

All the necessary reports and documents shall be prepared complying with the statutory rules & regulations. Proper and due care shall be taken to adhere to the laid down rules and regulation by the government. Regular and periodic record shall be kept in order to ensure easier, comparable and brisk review and projection of past, present and future performances. Also, the management shall ensure to prepare separate records for water, wastewater, solid waste, air, emission, regularly and periodically in order to provide better and smooth vigilance.

The management shall look into the fact that as soon as the preparation of reports gets over it shall be forwarded to the concerned authority with due care for the purpose of reviewing. Adhering to the rules and regulations the management shall ensure that the outcome of the reports and the conclusions been drawn shall be prepared as per the laid down regulations and procedures. No breach of any convention shall be availed.

These reports/documents shall be regularly and periodically reviewed and any changes/discrepancies found in mitigation measures/operation/management/technology shall be brought into notice instantaneously and all possible corrective actions shall be taken to match the discrepancies been witnessed.

6.4 Budget for Environmental Monitoring Plan

Particulars and frequency of environmental Monitoring is given in Table: 6-2.

Table 6-2 Budgetary allocation for environmental monitoring

S. Particulars Frequency of monitoring Cost in No Lakhs 1. Air pollution monitoring Stack monitoring at Monthly. Dumad Complex Online analyzers shall be installed in 150 stacks. Ambient Monitoring Monthly. within as well as CAAQMS have shall be installed within 100 outside Dumad and outside Dumad Complex Complex 2. Noise Monitoring

255

EIA Report

At four locations Monthly within the Premises 3. Ground water quality monitoring 3 locations inside, 4 Quarterly . outside Refinery 5 4. Soil Quality monitoring 2 locations inside Quarterly Refinery premises, 2 outside Refinery 5. Effluent Quality Monitoring Inlet and outlet of Daily 10 ETP/ OSW 6. VOC monitoring Monthly 3 Total 268

256

EIA Report

CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

257

EIA Report

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Consultation

PH was conducted on 31-01-2019, 11:10 AM at Mandawat farm which is ~1.35km away from project site. News paper advertisement in bi lingual for Public hearing was given in Times of India and Gujarati Samachar on 29-12-2018, Copy of same enclosed as Annexure 23. Public hearing was conducted in the presence of Shri D R Patel (G. A.S), Resident Additional District Collector and Additional District Magistrate, Vadodara as a representative of District Collector and District magistrate, Vadodara and Shri N A Shah, I/C Regional Officer, GPCB Vadodara and representative of Member Secretary, GPCB. Proceedings of the public hearing is enclosed as Annexure 24. Photographs of public hearing is shown in Figure 7-1. Compliance to PH proceedings are given in

Figure 7-1 Photographs During Public Hearing

258

EIA Report

Table 7-1 Compliance to Public Hearing Minutes

S. No. Name and Address Point Represented Replies by Project Proponent and/ or written submitted 1 Shri. Dinesh He inquired to know the Shri I B Patel (D.G.M- technical Solanki, extent of the impact in Services) has informed that they are case of accident very rare change of such accident, Village: Dumad however, they have carried out the survey and accordingly most of the area of anticipated impact zone lie within premises only and effect on outside area is not envisaged

2 Shri. Ranjit sinh He inquired to know Shri I B Patel (D.G.M- technical Chauhan whether the chemicals Services) has informed that Petrol, are poisonous? Diesel etc. are poisonous for health Village: Pilol but is more Inflammable

However, detailed EIA report has been prepared and ambient air, Surface water, ground water, Soil and Noise monitoring were carried out. He further, informed that ETP is going to be provided for te effluent and therefore there is nothing to worry about

3 Shri Dikesh HE inquired to know the Shri I B Patel (D.G.M- technical Fakirbhai Chauhan extent of impact in Services) has informed that they will surrounding villages in have all safety protections, Village: Pilol case of leakage of automatic leak detection, automatic chemicals leak detection system and air, water monitoring plan and therefore there is nothing to worry about

259

EIA Report

4 Shri Jagishbhai He inquired to know the Shri I B Patel (D.G.M- technical Chaichan actions by the industry Services) has informed that for the damage to crop leakages will not occur in land and Village Siswa in case of leakage of in case of leakage it will go in air or pipeline from refinery water and remain within the premises

He further added that they have around 14km long pipeline and possibility of leakage of pipeline is not there as isolation valves are provided on both sides of pipeline along with detection system which will detect the leakage immediately

Shri Debasis Chakraborthy (Chief General manager- HSE) has informed that in case of damage to the crop due to leakage, compensation for the crop will be paid as per the prevailing government norms.

5 Shri Ranjit Chauhan He inquired to know the Shri Debasis Chakraborty (Chief provisions made in case General manager-HSE) replied that Village Pilol of accident emergency they have system in place so as accidents does not occur. However, to tackle the accident, if any, they have adequate provisions for fire fighting. He further informed that they have four fire water storage tanks, fire brigade and additional facilities available at their refinery. He aslo informed that they have mutual understanding with other industries like RIL, GSFC and can avail their facilities as well. He further appraised that they will provide information to the villagers to tacke such situatuin and do not require to panic

260

EIA Report

7.2 Risk Assessment

Risk Assessment is performed for the storage of solvents and is incorporated as Annexure 11.

Material Safety Data Sheet is enclosed in Annexure 12 and the Disaster Management Plan is enclosed in Annexure 13. The status of compliance to environmental conditions is provided in Annexure 20.

261

EIA Report

7.3 ToR Issued by MoEF

262

EIA Report

263

EIA Report

ToR ammendment

264

EIA Report

265

EIA Report

7.4 Copy of Standard ToR for 4(a) and 5(c) Sectors

266

EIA Report

267

EIA Report

268

EIA Report

269

EIA Report

270

EIA Report

271

EIA Report

272

EIA Report

273

EIA Report

274

EIA Report

275

EIA Report

276

EIA Report

277

EIA Report

278

EIA Report

7.5 ToR Compliance S. Terms of Reference Compliance No COMBINED STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTING ENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR 4(a) PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRIES PROJECTS AND 5(c) PETROCHEMICAL COMPLEXES (INDUSTRIES BASED ON PROCESSING OF PETROLEUM FRACTIONS & NATURAL GAS AND/OR REFORMING TO AROMATICS) AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT A. Standard TOR 1 Executive Summary Brief executive summary is enclosed in EIA report from page no.19 2 Introduction i. Details of the EIA Consultant including M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., NABET accreditation Chennai

NABET Accredited vide Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1619/RA0083 & MoEF Recognized Lab vide F.No. Q- 15018/13/2016-CPW)

Details provided in Chapter 12 ii. Information about the Project Proponent M/s Indian Oil Corporation Limited (IOCL) operates one of its largest oil refineries at Koyali (near Vadodara) in Gujarat, Western India. The refinery was commissioned in the year 1965 with a capacity of 3.0 MMTPA. Over the years, the capacity of the refinery has gradually been increased to 13.7 MMTPA with augmentation of old primary Atmospheric Units (AU-I, AU-II and AU-III) and addition of new primary units viz. Atmospheric Unit- IV in 1978 and AU-V in 1999 as well as augmentation of AU-IV in 2000.

Proponent details provided in Chapter 1, Section 1.1.

iii. Importance and Benefits of the Project Details provided in Chapter 8. 3 Project Description i. Cost of project and Time of completion The cost of the project is INR 6204 Crores.

Time of completion is 44 months

Details given in Chapter 2, Section 2.5 Project Schedule given in Chapter 2, Section 2.6 ii. Products with capacities for the Detailed proposed facilities are given in proposed project Chapter-2, Section 2.7.4

Proposed tanks facilities for KAhSPL

279

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No project provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4.1

Proposed tanks facilities for TTL for Linear Alkyl Benzene project provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4.2.

Proposed tanks facilities for Oxo/ Acrylics project provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4.3 iii. If expansion project, details of existing Detailed of Existing facilities are given in products with capacities and whether Chapter-2, Section 2.7.1, 2.7.2, 2.7.3. adequate land is available for Land Details are given in Section 2.8.2 expansion, reference of earlier EC if Existing EC obtained vide: J- any. 11011/8/2001-IA. II (I) dated 30th April 2001 and EC Ammendment dated 20th July 2017 enclosed as Annexure 4 iv. List of Raw materials and their source Raw materials like MS, Diesel, SKO, PCK, with mode of transportation and ATF required tobe stored at Dumad Facility. Which are transported from Gujarat refinery to Dumad through cross country pipelines in the existing RoW. 121 KTA of Polymer grade propylene is required as a feed stock for Oxo/ Acrylics plant which will be met from (75 KTA) JR and (48 KTA) Mathura Refinery Details given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4.1, 2.7.4.2, 2.7.4.3 v. Other chemicals and materials required Details given in Chapter 2, Section with quantities and storage capacities 2.7.4.1, 2.7.4.2, 2.7.4.3 vi. Details of emission, effluents, hazardous Air emission details given in Chapter 4, waste generation and their management Section 4.5.3 (Existing stacks emissions provided in Table 4-1 and Proposed stacks emissions provided Table 4-2)

Details of Existing and Proposed Water requirement, effluent and sewage quantity generated are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.10

Details on water pollution control measures are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.16.

Sewage is Biologically treated as a part of the Combined ETP and standards are met

280

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No through the pH, Temp, TDS, TSS, BOD, COD, Oil & grease and reused in the system.

Hazardous waste generated and disposal given in chapter 2, Section 2.18

vii.Requirement of water, power, with Details of Existing and Proposed Water source of supply, status of approval, requirement, Source of water, effluent and water balance diagram, man-power sewage quantity generated are given in requirement (regular and contract) Chapter 2, Section 2.10

Power and Fuel requirement details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.14

Manpower requirement details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.15 viii. Process description along with Details given in Chapter 2, Section 2.9 major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantitative) from raw material to products to be provided ix. Hazard identification and details of Hazardous identification and details of proposed safety systems proposed safety systems are detailed in Chapter 7, Section 7.2. Annexure 11 x. Expansion/ modernization proposals (a) Copy of all Environmental Clearance(s) including amendments EC letter (Letter No J-11011/8/2001-IA II thereto obtaining for the project (I) of 30th April 2001) from MoEF&CC/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A EC Ammendment dated 20th July 2017 certified copy of the latest enclosed as Annexure 4 monitoring report of the Regional office of the Ministry of Environment Certified Compliance report enclosed as and Forests as per circular dated Annexure 20. 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report (b) In case the existing project has not NA obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the

281

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No provisions of the EIA notification 1994 and/or EIA notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish / No objection certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating in prior to EIA notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further compliance report to the conditions of Consents from the SPCB shall be submitted. 4 Site Details i. Location of the project site covering Location of the project site is detailed village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, given in Chapter 2, Section 2.3 justification for selecting the site. Whether Alternate sites were not considered, other sites were considered justification provided in the Chapter 5, Section 5.2 ii. A Topo sheet of the study area of Details given in Chapter 3, Section 3.3 radius of 10Km and site location on 1:50,000/ 1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet (including al eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places) iii. Details w.r.t option analysis for Alternate sites were not considered, selection of site justification provided in the Chapter 5, Section 5.2 iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four Site co ordinates of the project site is corners of the site detailed given in Chapter 2, Section 2.3 2.3 v. Google map Earth downloaded of the Google map Image of project site is given project site in Chapter 2, Section 2.3 vi. Layout maps including existing unit Layout map is given in Chapter 2, as well as proposed unit indicating Section 2.8.2 storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate. vii. Photographs of the proposed and Site Photographs are given in Chapter 2, existing (if applicable) plant site, existing, Section 2.8.1 show photographs of plantations/ greenbelt, in particular viii. Land use break-up of total land of Details given in Chapter 2, Section 2.8.2 the project site (indicate and acquired), government/ private- agriculture, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included (not required for industrial area)

282

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No ix. A list of major industries with name List of major industries with name and type and type within the study area (10 km within the study area (10 km radius) is radius) shall be incorporated. Land use provided in the Chapter 2, Section 2.4 details of the study area) x. Geological features and Geo- Geological status of District is provided in hydrological status of the study area shall Chapter 3, Section 3.5.6, and be included. Hydrogeological Status is given in Section 3.5.8 xi. Details of drainage of the project Drainage map of the study area around upto 5km radius of the study area. If the 10km radius is appended in Chapter 3, site is within 1Km radius of any major Section 3.5.9 river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level

of the project site and maximum of Flood of the river shall also be provided (mega green field projects) xii. Status of acquisition of land. If Land acquisition is not required as the acquisition is not complete, stage of the proposed expansion is within the existing acquisition process and expected time of facility. complete procession of the land. Land Documents are enclosed as Annexure 1 xiii. R&R details in respect of land in Not applicable. line with state Government policy 5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable): i. Permission and approvals for the Not Applicable. use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department (if applicable) ii. Land use map based on High Not Applicable. resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forest land (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 Ha) iii. Status of application submitted for Not Applicable. obtaining the stage I Forestry Clearance along with latest status shall be submitted iv. The projects to be located within 10 Not Applicable. Km of the National parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

283

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly Not Applicable. authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area. vi. Copy of application submitted for Not Applicable. clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972 to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife. 6 Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion The daily inversion level at the project site level at the project site and site-specific varies from 50 to 1750m during 6 AM to 6 micrometeorological date using PM, the maximum recorded at 5 PM, June temperature, relative humidity, hourly 2017. Details given in Chapter 3, Section wind speed and direction and rainfall 3.6.6. Meteorological data given in Chapter 3, Section 3.6.5 ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 AAQ locations detail is provided in the locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO Chapter 3, Section 3.7.1 and monitoring and other parameters relevant to the results are provided in the Section 3.7.2.1 project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based on CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone, sensitive receptors including reserved forests. iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for Raw Data enclosed as Annexure 14 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAAQM notification of Nov. 2009 along with- min-max, average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA report iv. Surface water quality of nearby River Surface water quality at Eight locations is (100m upstream and downstream of provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.9.2 discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/ MoEF&CC guidelines. v. Whether the site falls near to polluted No. stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF& CC, if yes give details vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum 8 Ground water monitoring results locations shall be included areprovided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.10.1 vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations Noise level monitoring results are provided within the study area. in the Chapter 3, Section 3.8.1 viii. Soil characteristics as per CPCB Soil monitoring results are provided in the

284

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No guidelines Chapter 3, Section 3.10 and Table 3-19. ix. Traffic study of the area, type of Details of Traffic study is given in Chapter vehicles, frequency of vehicles for 4, Section 4.5.4. transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc. x. Detailed description of flora and fauna Flora and Fauna found within the study (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the area are provided in Chapter 3, Section study area shall be given with special 3.12. reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna and found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation plan shall be prepared and furnished xi. Socio-economic status of the study area Socio-economic status of the study area is provided in the Chapter 3, Section 3.13. 7 Impact and Environmental Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level Details provided in Chapter 4, Section concentration of pollutants from the 4.5.3 stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, AQIP modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive Receptors, if any. ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of Not Applicable discharge in water body. Effluent will be treated in ZLD Unit.

iii. Impact of the transport of raw material Transport of raw materials will be done and end products on the surrounding through cross country pipelines from JR to environment shall be assessed and Dumad and there after through road provided. In this regard, options for tankers. The traffic study details for the transport of raw materials and finished proposed project furnished in chapter 4, & products and wastes (large quantities) section 4.5.4 by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

285

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No iv. A note on treatment of waste water Wastewater treatment and disposal details from different plant operations, extent are provided in the Chapter 2, Section recycled and reused for different 2.16 purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment, characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) rules. v. Details of stack emission and action Details provided in chapter 4, Section plan for control of emissions to meet 4.5.3 & Chapter 9, Section 9.6.1. standards. Adequate measures are taken to control Air Pollution through installation of Electrostatic Precipitators to limit the solid particulate matter from petcoke based CPP will be limited to less than 50 mg/Nm3 and Fuel Gas Desulphurisation (FGD) as a part of CPP system vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Details provided in Chapter 9, Section 9.6.1.1. All the tanks shall be installed in accordance with Environment Protection rule, OISD standards. vii. Details of hazardous waste generation Details provided in Chapter 2, Section and their storage, utilization and 2.18 management, Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/ reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation. viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be No fly ash generated. ensured as per Fly Ash notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided. ix. Acton plan for the green belt For the proposed facility 111 Acres of GB development plan in 33% area i.e., will be developed over a period of 5 Yrs. land with not less than 1500 trees per Details of species suggested are given in Ha. Giving details of Species, width of Chapter 9, Section 9.5.7. plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

286

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No x. Action plan for rain water harvesting Details provided in Chapter 9, Section measures at plant site shall be 9.6.3. submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to 80% of the pavement area will be used for recharge the ground water and also to rain water harvesting. use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources. xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost Total Capital cost for environmental /annum for environmental pollution pollution control measures is estimated to control measures shall be included. be Rs 117 Crore. Chapter 9, Section 9.10 xii. Action plan for Post-project As per IOCL Environment policy. Details environmental monitoring shall be provided in Chapter 6, Section 6.2.1. submitted xiii. Onsite and offsite Disaster (natural On-site emergency plans and offsite and Man-made) preparedness and Disaster management given in Risk Emergency Management Plan Assessment report enclosed as Annexure including Risk Assessment and 11 damage control. Disaster Management Plan should be linked with District DMP Enclosed as Annexure 13 Disaster Management Plan. Occupational Health 8 i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the As per IOCL HSE policy. occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers ii. Details of exposure specific health Enclosed as Annexure 15 status evaluation of worker. If the worker’s health is being evaluated by pre-designed format, chest x-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far and near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect), ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise. iii. Details of existing Occupational & Enclosed as Annexure 15 Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are Permissible Exposure level (PEL) if these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL. So that health of the workers can be preserved.

287

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No iv. Annual report of health status of Enclosed as Annexure 15 workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety 9 Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid M/s IOCL, Dumad, Safety, Health and down Environmental Policy approved Environment Policy (SHE) provided in by its Board of Directors? If so, it may Chapter 9, Section 9.7 be detailed in the EIA report ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe A dedicated Environmental Management for standard operating Cell (EMC) will be in force to bring into process/procedures to bring into focus focus of any infringement/ deviation/ any infringement/ deviation/ violation of violation of the environemnt. Details the environemnt or forest norms/ provided in Chapter 9 and Section 9.9 conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA iii. What is the hierarchical system or Hierarchical system or Administrative Administrative order of the company to order of the company to deal with the deal with the environmental issues and environmental issues and for ensuring for ensuring compliance with the compliance is provided in Chapter 9, environmental clearance conditions? Section 9.39.3 Details of this system may be given. iv. Does the company have system of Reporting mechanism detailed in Chapter reporting of non-compliances/ 9, Section 9.3 violations of environemntal norms to the Board of Directors of the company and/or Stakeholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report 10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities The site layout indicating all the facilities is such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to enclosed as Annexure 7 & 8. be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual Infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, workers including truck drivers during restroom etc. shall be provided to the operation phase. labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase. 11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the As per the OM F. NO: 22-65/2017-IA.III project cost) shall be earmarked 0.25% of the capital investment will be towards the Enterprise Social allotted towards CER. i.e. Approx. 15.51 Commitment based on public Hearing Crores issues and item-wise details along with the bound action plan shall be included. Socio-Economic development activities need to be elaborated upon. 12 Any litigation pending against the project No. and/ or any direction/ order passed by any

288

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance /ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case. 13 A tabular chart with index for point wise Point wise ToR compliance is provided in compliance of above TOR provided in Chapter 7 & Section 7.4 B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY (4(a)) 1 Complete process flow diagram describing Details are given in Chapter 2, Section each unit, its capacity along-with material 2.7.4.3 Unit based Energy balance and energy balance. enclosed as Annexure 19

2 Details of intermediate product, their Details of storage tanks proposed are storages and final products to be given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4.1 (f), manufactured. Section 2.7.4.2 (c), 2.7.4.3 (b) 3 Sulphur balance giving input from crude, Sulphur balance details are given in refinery fuel (if used) and any other outside Chapter 2, Sub section 2.7.5 fuel and output in various products and emissions. 4 Details of proposed source-specific Details provided in Chapter 2, Section pollution control schemes and equipment to 2.12 meet the national standards for petroleum refinery. General Air pollution control measures will be included like Low Nox burners, low sulfur fuel, FGD to control SO2 emissions, and ESP to reduce PM emissions from CPP and provision of online monitoring of SO2, NOx, CO and PM. 5 Details of emissions from all the stacks Air emission details given in Chapter 4, including volumetric flow rate. Section 4.5.3

(Existing stacks in Table 4-1 and Proposed stacks in Table 4-2)

6 Details on availability of raw materials Details on availability of raw materials for (crude oil, natural gas, chemicals, etc.), its Oxo Alcohol/ Acrylics project provided in source and storage at the plant. Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4.3 7 Details on mode of transportation of crude For KAHSPL/ TTL projects the final and products. products from JR are sent to Dumad through Cross Country Pipelines (CCPL) and for Oxo Alcohol/ Acrylics project it will be through CCPL, by road and by train tankers. OISD standards shall be considered in design.

289

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No 8 Details of storage capacity of crude and Details of storage tanks proposed with products. capacities are given in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4.1 (f), Section 2.7.4.2 (c), 2.7.4.3 (b)

9 Ambient air quality data should include Details provided in Chapter 3, Section hydrocarbon (methane and non-methane), 3.7.2.1 VOC, Ni & V etc. 10 Efforts to minimize water consumption, Reuse of water shall be maximizsed with effluent discharge and to maintain quality of the help of ZLD type water treatment. receiving water body. 11 Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and Details provided in Chapter 4, Section treated water quality with specific efficiency 4.7.3 of each treatment unit in reduction in respect of all con corned/ regulated environmental parameters. Also, include treatment details such as primary (physicochemical), secondary (biological) and tertiary (Activated carbon filters) treatment systems. 12 Storm water management plan. Dumad site already has a well developed storm water network.

For the proposed projects the storm water shall be routed via a proper storm water network finally to Vishwamitri river only during monsoon.

13 Estimation SO2 and NOx emissions load. Details provided in Chapter 4, Section 4.5.3 14 Details on flaring system. Enclosed as Annexure 16 15 Details of VOC recovery devices in the Measures like availability of primary as storage tanks. well as secondary seals shall be implemented in all storage tanks 16 Arrangement for spill management. The entire process unit and tank farm area shall be paved. Any oil spill shall be routed to OWS and subsequently treated in ETP.

The same shall also be removed by deployment of gully suckers.

Details given in Chapter 9, Section 9.6.3 17 Oily sludge management plan. Oily sludge generated from ETP shall be recovered for oil through oil recovery module. The residual sludge shall be bioremediated using confined space

290

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No bioremediation. 18 Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Attached as Annexure 11 Plan i. Identification of hazards ii. Consequence Analysis iii. Risk assessment should also include leakages and location near to refinery & proposed measures for risk reduction. iv. Arrangement for fire protection and control. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIA STUDIES FOR PETROLEUM REFINING INDUSTRY (5(c)) Naptha as feed stock will be provided by Details on requirement of raw material JR. 1 (naphtha/ gas feed stock), its source of supply and storage at the plant. Storage details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.7.4.3 Details are given in Chapter 2, Section Complete process flow diagram for all 2 2.9.3.3. Mass and heat balance enclosed products with material balance. as Annexure 19 Brief description of equipments for various Equipment details Enclosed Annexure 21. 3 process (cracker, separation, polymerization etc) Details provided in Chapter 2, Section 2.12

Following to be indicated for Air pollution control measures: Details of proposed source-specific 4 pollution control schemes and equipments  Low NOx burners will be provided to to meet the national standards. reduce NOx levels  Sulphur content will be reduced in the process only by catalytic absorption.  Pet coke boiler will be provided with FGD for SO2 control and ESP to control particulate matter  Primary as well as secondary seals for all storage tanks will be provided.  LDAR program will be done Details on VOC emission control system frequently to identify any leaks 5 from vents, stacks, fugitive emissions and resulting in fugitive emissions. flare management, etc.  Adequate water sprinkling will be done to reduce road dust due to vehicular movement.  Details on Flare and Fire Protection

291

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No Management enclosed as Annexure 16 6 Details on proposed LDAR protocol. LDAR Protocol Enlosed as Annexure 21 Ambient air quality should include Details provided in Chapter 3, Section 7 hydrocarbon (methane and non methane), 3.7.2.13.7.2.1 VOC and VCM (if applicable). APC Measures  Low NOx burners will be provided to reduce NOx levels  Sulphur content will be reduced in the process by catalytic absorption.  Pet coke boiler will be provided with FGD for SO2 control and ESP to control particulate matter Water Pollution Control Measures  Installation of ETP, RO, MEE to meet treated water guidelines. Action plan to meet the standard 8 prescribed under EPA for petrochemical  Zero Liquid discharge will be complex maintained. Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal.

 Municipal solid waste will be composted within the facility.  Organic waste will be disposed through authorized vendors.  Ash generated from CPP will be sold to nearby Cement industries Adequate number of continues monitoring system will be installed.

Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan Attached as Annexure 11 9 a. Identification of hazards b. Consequence Analysis c. Measures for mitigation of risk The following general points shall be noted: i. All documents shall be properly Noted indexed, page numbered. ii. Period/date of data collection shall Accepted and Noted be clearly indicated. iii. Authenticated English translation of all material in Regional languages Accepted and Noted shall be provided.

292

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No iv. The letter/application for environmental clearance shall Accepted and Noted quote the MOEF&CC file No. and also attach a copy of the letter. v. The copy of the letter received from the Ministry shall be also attached Accepted and Noted as an annexure to the final EIA- EMP Report. vi. The index of the final EIA-EMP report must indicate the specific Accepted and Noted chapter and page no. of the EIA- EMP Report vii. While preparing the EIA report, the instructions for the proponents and instructions for the consultants issued by MOEF&CC vide O.M. No. Accepted and Noted J-11013/41/2006-IA.II (I) dated 4th August, 2009, which are available on the website of this Ministry shall also be followed.

viii. The consultants involved in the preparation of EIA-EMP report after accreditation with Quality Council of India (QCl) /National Accreditation Board of Education and Training (NABET) would need to include a certificate in this regard in the EIA- EMP reports prepared by them and data provided by other organization/ Accepted and Noted Laboratories including their status of approvals etc. Name of the Consultant and the Accreditation details shall be posted on the EIA- EMP Report as well as on the cover of the Hard Copy of the Presentation material for EC presentation.

293

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No

ix. TOR' prescribed by the Expert Appraisal Committee (Industry) shall be considered for preparation of EIA-EMP report for the project in addition to all the relevant information as per the 'Generic Structure of EIA' given in Appendix III and IIIA in the EIA Notification, 2006. Where the documents provided are in a language other than English, an English translation shall be provided. The draft EIA- EMP report shall be submitted to the State Pollution Control Board of the concerned State for conduct of Public Hearing. The SPCB shall conduct the Public Hearing/public consultation, districtwise, as per the Accepted and Noted provisions of EIA notification, 2006. The Public Hearing shall be chaired by an Officer not below the rank of Additional District Magistrate. The issues raised in the Public Hearing and during the consultation process and the commitments made by the project proponent on the same shall be included separately in EIA-EMP Report in a separate chapter and summarised in a tabular chart with financial budget (capital and revenue) along with time-schedule of implementation for complying with the commitments made. The final EIA report shall be submitted to the Ministry for obtaining environmental clearance.

Obtained Specific ToR 1. Public hearing to be conducted and issues Details of Public hearing are provided in raised and commitments made by the Chapter 7, Section 7.1 project proponent on the same should be included in EIA/EMP Report in the form of

294

EIA Report

S. Terms of Reference Compliance No tabular chart with financial budget for complying with the commitments made. 2. 10m wide green belt around the periphery Accepted and Noted to be developed. 3. A copy of certified compliance report to the Enclosed as Annexure 20 environmental conditions prescribed in the existing EC. Action taken report/detailed action plan on the partly/non-compliance conditions reported by the MoEF&CC Regional Office.

295

EIA Report

CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFITS

296

EIA Report

8 PROJECT BENEFITS

Project benefits

1. Currently there is no producer of BA in India with the entire domestic requirements being met through imports. 2. The proposed project is planned as a strategic initiative under the growth plan for petrochemical business of IOCL 3. There will be a value addition to the LPG with significant propylene content at Gujarat/ Mathura refineries and economical to the refineries. 4. As per the comprehensive risk analysis study carried out at Gujarat Refinery (JR), having loading gantries inside battery area for volatile products is a potential safety hazard. 5. TTL area comes under pressure wave impact due to failure of MS TWL loading arm and possible fire therein. Hence, it is important to relocate the existing TT loading gantry. 6. Shifting of TTL shall also enable higher payload TT with increased loading rate 7. TTL shifting would also result in decongestion and enhanced safety aspects of Gujarat Refinery 8. A new Koyali Ahmednagar Sholapur pipeline is under construction (originating from Dumad) which shall enable supply of major products like MS, HSD, SKO etc to more economically linked locations in Maharashtra and Karnataka, which are otherwise dependent on exchanges with other OMCs or rail input from distant sources of supply. 9. Hence, for origination of the pipeline, it is important to have upfront facilities at Dumad which shall supply products to the new pipeline. 10. Butyl Acrylate (acrylate predominantly used in India) has significant growth potential in the Indian Market with its demand expected to grow at approximately 9% for the period 2018-2035. Currently, there is no producer of Butyl Acrylate (BA) in India with the entire domestic requirement (~240 KTA in year 2020-21) being met through imports. Oxo alcohols are primarily used as inputs for Acrylates production with other small applications like solvents.

297

EIA Report

11. As part of integrating IOC’s Petrochemicals value chain, Indian Oil has planned to manufacture Acrylic Acid/Acrylates and Oxo alcohols near Gujarat Refinery. 12. Based on findings of project configuration evaluation study, the subject project is proposed to be located at IOCL owned land at Dumad next to its Marketing terminal (~ 15 kms away from Gujarat Refinery). 13. Moreover, Western and Northern India being the major demand centers for and proximity to Kandla/Dahej and JNPT, Mumbai ports for accessing the export market, location of the Project at Gujarat will help minimize the logistics cost for product movement.

298

EIA Report

CHAPTER 9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

299

EIA Report

9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 Introduction

This Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for Indian Oil Corporation Limited identifies the principles, procedures and methods that will be used to control and minimize the environmental impacts of the proposed minor construction and operational activities associated with the revamp project. It is intended to ensure that commitments made by IOCL to minimize project related environmental and social impacts are upheld throughout all project phases.

As part of our ongoing commitment to excellence in environmental and social performance we will ensure the following:

 Fulfill all environmental conditions associated with project approvals.  Develop, promote and foster a shared sense of responsibility for environmental and performance of the project.  Promote environmental awareness and understanding among employees and contractors through training, identification of roles and responsibilities towards environmental management and linking project performance to overall environmental performance.  Monitor environmental performance throughout the project and implement an adaptive management approach to continuous improvement and to meet the future regulations.

9.2 Objectives Of Emp

 To suggest the formation of a core group (Environment Management Cell) responsible for implementation of environmental control & protective measures as well as monitoring of such implementation.  To ensure project components are compliant with all laws and approval conditions  Continue baseline monitoring  Facilitate a continual review of post construction and operation activities.

300

EIA Report

 To suggest preventive and mitigation measures to minimize adverse impact and to maximize beneficial impacts like  Preparation of afforestation or Greenbelt Development scheme.  Preparation of rain water harvesting scheme and energy conservation actions  To prepare a capital cost estimate and annual recurring cost for Environmental Management Plan.  To prepare a detailed action plan for implementation of mitigation measures.  Measure the effectiveness and success of proposed mitigation measures

9.3 Emp Structure And Organization

This EMP is designed as an overriding document in a hierarchy of control plans, and sets out the overarching framework of environmental management principles that will be applied to the project during preconstruction, construction and operation phase of the project.

The EMP contains guiding environmental principles and procedures for communication, reporting, training, monitoring and plan review to which all staff, contractors and subcontractors are required to comply with throughout the preconstruction, construction and operation phases of the proposed projects.

301

EIA Report

Typical HSE Department organogram:

The EMP should also be considered as an overall framework document that establishes the terms of reference for all project environmental and social sub-plans including the following:

 Environmental Supervision Plan (construction);  Environmental Monitoring Plan (construction and operation); and  Social and Health Management Plan (construction and operation).

302

EIA Report

9.4 Emp Roles And Responsibilities

This section describes the organizational structure and responsibilities for implementation of the EMP as shown below in Table 9-1.

Table 9-1 Responsibility for EMP Implementation

S. No Organization Responsibility 1 M/s IOCL  Overall responsibility for environmental performance  Decision-maker on applicable policies.  Overall supervisory role during the construction phase  Overall responsibility for EMP implementation during the operating phase  Responsible for changes to the EMP as part of an adaptive approach to environmental and social management 2 M/s IOCL  Develop an environmental unit, headed by the Project Environmental Officer to implement EMP responsibilities.  Oversight, implementation, monitoring and compliance of the EMP and any approval conditions, including construction supervision and performance of all staff, contractors and all subcontractors  Review of EMP performance and implementation of correction action, or stop work procedures, in the event of breaches of EMP conditions, that may lead to serious impacts on local communities, or affect the reputation of the project.  Ensuring effective communication and dissemination of the content and requirements of the EMP to contractors and subcontractors  Assisting the contractor with implementation of EMP sub- plans  Ensuring compliance to all project social commitments, including implementation of corporate social responsibility.  Report environmental performance of the project directly to MoEF&CC  Report on environmental performance also to other government regulators as required.

303

EIA Report

3 Supervising  Implementation of the Environmental Monitoring Plan Engineer during construction and operation.  Supervision of contractor performance of implementation of the Construction.  Reporting any incidents or non-compliance with the EMP to the GPCB.  Ensuring adequate training and education of all staff involved in environmental supervision.  Making recommendations to the MoEF&CC regarding EMP performance as part of an overall commitment to continuous improvement. 4 Construction  Preparation and implementation of the Construction Contractor Management Plan  Prepare and maintain records and all required reporting data as stipulated by the EMP, for submission to the Supervising Engineer.  Ensure that all construction personnel and subcontractors are informed of the intent of the EMP and are made aware of the required measures for environmental and social compliance and performance  During construction, maintain traffic safety along access roads, with special emphasis on high trafficked areas 5 Independent  Report to MoEF&CC on project compliance with Environmental environmental and social commitments in the EMP, EIA Monitoring and other applicable standards. Consultant

9.5 Environmental Management Plan For Construction Phase

Environmental monitoring will be done during construction. The focus of monitoring during the construction phase will be to implement systematic observations to periodically measure the success of proposed mitigation measures and continue baseline data collection. The majority of construction monitoring shall be done visually and verified by the Construction Supervisor. Specific aspects to be addressed during construction include:

 Air quality  Noise  Water quality and water resources

304

EIA Report

 Solid waste  Land environment

9.5.1 Air Quality

There will be major construction activities for the project, civil work like foundation for new vessels and supporting infrastructure for the new machineries will be carried out. During construction activities, dust emission and emissions from the movement of vehicles and construction activity is expected. However, following measures will be taken to reduce / contain such emissions.

 Water will be sprinkled on inner roads to prevent re-suspension of dust into ambient air due to movement of heavy vehicles etc.  Roads shall be kept free from mud, debris and other obstacles.  Separate civil construction material storage yard will be created within the site and it will be enclosed.  Cement bags will be separately stored under cover in bales. Sand will be stacked under tarpaulin cover.  Transport vehicles and construction equipments / machineries will be properly maintained to reduce air emissions.  All construction workers will be provided appropriate PPEs like dust mask, ear plug, helmet, safety belt etc. and it will be mandatory for them to wear while entering the site itself.  Increase signage and speed limit postings

9.5.2 Noise Environment

Following measures are proposed during construction period to mitigate adverse impacts of noise:

 Construction activities will be done on round the clock basis.  All machineries to be used for construction purpose will be of highest standard of reputed make and compliance of noise pollution control norms by these equipments will be emphasized.

305

EIA Report

 All construction workers working in high noise areas will be provided appropriate PPEs like ear muffs and made to wear them during working hours.

9.5.3 Water Quality and Water Resources

 Since the construction workers are hired from nearby villages there will be no housing facility at the site for construction workers and hence lesser water requirement  Proper and sufficient sanitary facility will be created at the site in the form of Toilets & existing ETP will be used for treatment of sewage generated.

9.5.4 Solid Waste

 Main solid waste generation during construction phase will be construction debris like rubble, brick bats, debris, steel scrap, wooden scrap, sand, gravel etc. However, these materials are inert in nature and will not result into leaching of any substance or its constituent.  These materials will be carefully sorted and will be used within premises for filling of low lying areas.  Wooden scrap, steel scrap will be given to authorized scrap dealers.  On completion of civil work, all debris etc. will be completely removed from site to avoid any incompatibility with future use.  All the wastes will be stored at a designated site within the premises to prevent scattered discharge on land.

9.5.5 Land Environment

 Top soil layers shall be stored for reclamation and re-vegetation and reforestation at approved locations.  Existing storm water drainage facility will be used for disposal of storm water.

9.5.6 Material Handling Storage and Transportation

 Hazardous chemicals are stored in closed tanks and drums with appropriate blanketing systems.

306

EIA Report

 All transfers from drums / tanks are being done through pumps in closed pipelines.

 The loading of finished products to trucks and drums is done through automated filling systems with overflow protections.

 All key raw materials are charged to the reactors through closed pipeline systems including pneumatic systems for solid handling.

 Raw materials/ intermediates/ products are stored in closed tanks/drums provided with breather arrangements to avoid fugitive emissions.

9.5.7 Ecology

Project site is an existing unit with shrubs and small trees. There will be clearance of land envisaged for proposed projects and adequate measures will be taken to maintain the greenbelt of 111 Acres for the proposed expansion. The lists of species suggested are given below with scheme of greening.

Table 9-2 List of Suggested Species

S. Heig Trees Common Sensitive/ Regeneratio Growth Canopy N ht species name Tolerant n Rate size (m2) o (m) Abutilon Through Quick 1. Kanghi Tolerant 5 NA indicum seeds growing Acacia Australian Quick 2. Tolerant 16 By seeds 8548.22 auriculiformis wattle growing Acacia Quick 3. Khair Tolerant 3 By seeds 108.42 catechu growing Acacia Quick 4. Silver wattle Tolerant 15 By seeds NA dealbata growing Acacia Quick 5. Farnesiana Babul Tolerant 5 By seeds NA growing wild Actinodaphn 6. Pisa Tolerant 13 By seeds - - e angustifolia Adina Slow 7. Haldu Tolerant 20 By seeds 148490.1 cordifolia growing 8. Aegle Boel Tolerant 12 By seeds, Slow 26547.19

307

EIA Report

marmelos root cuttings growing Aesculus By seeds, Quick 9. Bankhar Sensitive 20 indica hook root suckers growing Albizia By seeds, Quick 10. Tugli lalai Tolerant 10 -- amara root suckers growing Anona Fast 11. Raamaphal Tolerant 10 By seeds 2017.44 reticulate growing Anthocephal Quick 12. Kadamba Tolerant 20 By seeds 52233.5 us chinensis growing Quick Azadiracta growth 13. Neem tree Tolerant 20 By seeds 300445.3 Indica after 1st season Balanites Quick 14. Ingoriyo Tolerant 9 By seeds roxburghii growing Bambusa Quick 15. Wans Tolerant 20 By cuttings -- arundinocia growing Barringtonia Samudraph Quick 16. Tolerant 9-12 By seeds -- acutangula ol growing Bauhinia Quick 17. Asundro Tolerant 5 By seeds 136.9 racemosa growing Bauhinia Quick 18. Kavindara Tolerant 5 By seeds 1769.52 varigata growing

Source: Guidelines for Developing Greenbelts- PROBES/75/1999-2000

Table 9-3 Greenbelt Development Scheme

Description Scheme of plantation S. 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Total 1st Year No year year Year Year 1 Area to Develop (Ha) 9.105 9.105 9.105 9.105 9.105 45.525 Planting of Seeds/ 2 13650 13650 13650 13650 13650 68250 Saplings (Numbers) 3 Expenditure (Lakhs) 18 18 18 18 18 90

Note: 1500 Trees per Hectare

308

EIA Report

9.5.8 Socio Economic

There will be temporary housing colony for construction workers, only if there is no adequate manpower available from local communities. Overall socioeconomic effect of construction phase will be positive due to direct and indirect employment opportunity for the local population.

9.6 Environmental Management Plan For Operation Phase

Monitoring during the operation phase shall reflect those environmental and socio- economic issues that may persist upon completion of construction activities. Monitoring shall focus on evaluating the effectiveness of project mitigation measures and continue baseline monitoring and sampling. The mitigation measures to prevent adverse impact during the operation phase of the project shall focus on the following:

 Air quality  Noise environment  Solid and hazardous waste  Land environment

9.6.1 Air Quality Management

Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact during the operation phase of the project on the surrounding air environment.

Table 9-4 Air Pollution Control Measures

Existing (E) Stack S. APC measures Source or Proposed Terminal Emission Height No Proposed (P) (m) DG sets 1 x 125 kVA E IOTL 3.16 1. 1x 250 kVA E LPG -Nil- 3.16 SO2, NO2 3 x 320 kVA E LPG 8 & PM 1 x 1500 kVA P KAHSPL 12 Boiler NOx – Low Nox 2. P OXO 30 2 x 60 TPH Burners

309

EIA Report

9.6.1.1 Fugitive Emission Control Measures

Monitoring of fugitive emissions from IOCL, Dumad complex with the help of VOC (Volatile Organic Carbon), LDAR (Leak Detection and Repair) program is being done monthly with the help of an external agency. Thus observed leaks are identified and rectified. And the same will be continued after the proposed expansion.

9.6.2 Noise Monitoring

Impacts of noise on workers are minimized through adoption of adequate protective measures in the form of a) Use of personal protective equipment (earplugs, earmuffs, noise helmets etc.), b) Education and public awareness, and c) Exposure control through the rotation of work assignments in the intense noise areas.

9.6.3 Water and waste water management

The total raw water requirement is 505 KLPH i.e. approx 2.67 MGD. Raw water storage pond of total 10 days’ storage of water was considered for sizing the pond. Raw water treatment facilities include: chemical dosing system, multi grade filter, activated carbon filter and Reverse Osmosis plant.

Total 110 KLH of effluent is anticipated and will be treated in dedicated proposed ETP of 190 KLPH and Oil Waste Separator of 150 KLPH. Treated water will be passed through RO and RO Permeate, condensate from MEE will be used for Cooling tower makeup.

Oil Spill Management

Any oil spill in the plant area is cleaned with water and the oily water is pushed to OWS channel available nearby. Further, the oil which is collected in OWS is separated through various oil separation techniques including gravity settling, Dissolved Air Floatation and by using Deoily polyelectrolyte for the removal of emulsified oil in ETP.

310

EIA Report

Rainwater harvesting and Ground water recharging

Rainwater harvesting is an important component of wise resource use and environmental management. The total amount/ quantity of water i.e., received in the form of rainfall over an area is called the rain water endowment of that area, out of which the amount of water that can be effectively harvested is called the rain water harvesting potential. The collection efficiency accounts for the fact that all the rain water falling over an area cannot be effectively harvested due to losses on account of evaporation, spillage or run off etc.,

Rainwater Harvesting shall be implemented to conserve rainwater. Roof top area, greenbelt/ green area, road/paved area and open areas proposed are considered for arriving the rainwater which can be harvested. The approximate quantities of rainwater that can be harvested are summarized below The equation used for run off estimation is based on CPCB guidelines on ‘Concepts and Practices for Rain Water Harvesting’- Oct 2001.The calculations are based on the following:  Average annual rainfall is 1442 mm based on 1970-2000 IMD data

311

EIA Report

 Average No of rainy days are 60.5  Run of co-efficient are considered as given by CPCB guidelines 80% of the pavement area will be considered and rainwater harvesting will be provided.

9.7 Occupational Health and Safety

The workers are provided with proper health and safety measures. Personal protection equipments are given to the employers and made sure they wear it during the work. Regular health camps are conducted for all the workers alike. The Health & Safety department makes sure all the workers are not exposed to any kind of toxicity and is within the prescribed limit. Copy of EHS policy enclosed as Figure 9-1 & Annexure 17. The main objectives are

1. Maintenance and promotion of workers’ health and working capacity. 2. Improvement of working environment by following well-being program for its employees. 3. Monitor the workplace to maintain industrial hygiene practices. 4. Development of work culture in a direction which will support health and safety at work and thereby promoting positive social climate for smooth operation that will enhance productivity. 5. Area monitoring. 6. Employees to undergo annual health check-up. 7. All personnel will be provided with personal protective equipments individually as required. Construction Phase During the construction phase the following measures will be employed; 1. Personal Protective equipments will be provided to the workers. 2. Occupational Health Centre will be facilitated to address the emergencies that may arise. 3. Personnel will be trained about fire fighting systems and first aid practices. 4. Regular monitoring of occupational health of employees.

312

EIA Report

Operational phase General functions of the safety committee will be;

1. Conduct routine workplace inspections. 2. Provide Personal Protective Equipment. 3. Develop and implement safe work procedures and rules. 4. Provide on-going safety training & Enforce safety rules and appropriate discipline. 5. Promote safety awareness and reduce the potential for injury/loss. 6. Identify workplace hazards. 7. Enforce of safety rules, measure safety performance & reduce frequency/severity of injuries.

First aid Boxes

A first aid kit is a collection of supplies and equipment for use in giving first aid. First Aid boxes will be kept available in Security Room, Admin Block and at OHC. First Aid items will be issued to injure only by authorized persons.

Following are the contents of First Aid Box,

a. Dettol – Antiseptic solution b. Ciplox – Eye Drops c. Soframycin – Skin ointment d. Silverex – Burn ointment e. Betadine – Microbicidal solution f. Iodex – Pain reliever g. Sterilized Cotton Wool h. Surgical Paper Tape i. Small Sterilized Dressings j. Medium Sterilized Dressings k. Roller Bandage – 5 cm wide l. Roller Bandage – 10cm wide m. Band Aid

313

EIA Report

n. Crocin / Paracetamol Tablet

Along with the above safety systems, company also ensured the below safety features to ensure Zero Accident.

1. No ignitable zones are declared and marked so. 2. Work permit system with strict compliance. 3. Dedicated chemical storage area with good ventilation and exhaust system and all chemical are stored as per compatibility. 4. Dyke walls provided for the day storage chemical tanks. 5. All reactors provided with safety valves followed by rupture discs and relief valve outlets are extended. 6. Calibration is ensured for the gauges of pressure, temperature and vacuum. 7. All reactors will be hydro tested and certified by the competent person once in a year. 8. Body earthing provided to all equipments involved in the process, electrical earthing, static earthing and instrument earthing provided wherever required. 9. Ventilation air units (VAUs) and Exhaust air units (EAUs) and are provided to ensure good ventilation in the work environment. The tentative Emergency Organization Chart will be prepared and followed.

Eye Wash Fountain and Safety Shower

The facility will be provided with sufficient nos of Eye wash fountain / Safety showers at appropriate locations.

9.7.1 Work Zone Monitoring Equipments

The unit will have multi gas / toxic gas and oxygen detectors in that multi gas detector can be used to check oxygen, LEL, VOC, CO and H2S concentration in atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks, underground tanks, sump etc and oxygen detector can be used for checking oxygen concentration in atmosphere and also in confined spaces like inside the reactor, overhead tanks, sump etc.

314

EIA Report

The unit will have Hydro Carbon Sensors (HCS) installed in all critical areas and these will provide the alarm once the set level is crossed.

9.7.2 Wind Sack / Wind Direction Indicator

Wind sacks are placed above the Administration Block buildings.

9.7.3 Proposed safety system

9.7.3.1 Fire Hydrant system

A pressurized and automatically operated Fire Hydrant System will be installed in the plant with rings and wet risers around all blocks to achieve maximum coverage. Water reservoir of 3 x 6000 m3 (Hydrant Tank) capacity will be provided for fire fighting. Following are the details of the system.

 Main Hydrant Pump  Booster Pump.  Jockey pump with pressure switches  Yard Hydrant points.  Hose Boxes  Hose Reel Drums  Foam Concentrate in Jerry Cans, places at all Hydrant Points.  Water Monitors  Two-way fire brigade inlet

Fire Extinguisher

Suitability of fire extinguisher depending on the combustible material, fires has been classified into four types. Suitability of extinguishing media for different fires is provided in the following Table 9-5.

Table 9-5 Suitability of Extinguishing Media for Different Fires

Suitable Fire S. No Class of fire Extinguisher 1. Class A: Organic Material i.e. wood, papers, rubber & DCP, Mechanical

315

EIA Report

plastics. Foam Class B: Flammable Liquid and Flammable Gases i.e., Mechanical Foam, 2. Petroleum Products, Paints, Chemicals etc. CO2 and DCP

3. Class C: Electrical DCP and CO2 Class D: Flammable Metals I.e. Lithium, Sodium, and 4. Special DCP, Sand Potassium etc.

The company will have trained personnel for fire fighting and intends to improve the fire fighting skills of employee by conducting frequent training on Fire fighting.

Emergency Equipments and PPEs

The unit will have total 2 numbers of Emergency cupboards, in that one at Production Block and another at Utility Area.

Each Emergency Cupboard will have the following items;

 Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)  Air suits / Air Line Respirators  Nose Mask  PVC / Acid Suit  Helmet- Provided to individuals  Ear Plug  Safety Glass- 10 & Face Shield- to individuals  Gum boot- to individuals  Safety Belt- in safety dept.  Manila Rope / Life Safety Rope  Fire Axe  Fire Proximity Suit  Fire Gel Blankets / Water Gel Blanket  Resuscitator  Spill Kit  Safety Ladder  Emergency Flameproof Torches

316

EIA Report

 Hand gloves

Operation of SCBA (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus)

Procedure for wearing Equipment

 Extend shoulder straps and waist belt. Put on the equipment.  Fasten the buckle and then pull the ends of waist belt away from buckle until secure and comfortable on the hip. Tuck ends in belt loops.  Pull down the shoulder straps until the equipment is secure and comfortable. Tuck strap ends under waist belt.  Extend face piece head harness straps, leaving centre straps in position. Put neck strap over neck  Before opening the cylinder valve press reset button.

 Open the cylinder valve fully to pressurize the system and check the pressure gauge & Carry out pressure leak test

Procedure for wearing Face piece

 Fit harness overhead. Pull it back until the head strap fits smoothly  Adjust mask until it fits properly  Tighten the neck straps and temple straps evenly and tighten the front strap as necessary.

 Breathe normally through vent system. During venting observe the gauge-waist alarm. The alarm should blow at cylinder pressure of 55 bar ± 5 bar.

317

EIA Report

SCBA - Face piece  Remove the equipment in a safe and hazard free area.  Unbuckle the waist belt, lift shoulder strap buckles to loosen and remove the equipment.  Close the cylinder valve and keep in the box, Cylinder valve should be in upward direction  After using the equipment, inform to safety department for inspection/checking. Resuscitator A resuscitator is a device which forces oxygen into lungs of unconscious person in order to keep him/her oxygenated and alive Operating procedure  Clear throat  Tilt head back  Squeeze ball  Watch the chest which should rise and fall rhythmically  If the chest does not rise and fall, there may be a blockage in the victim’s throat. The tongue has occluded the air way.

 There may be excessive leakage around the mask. Hold the mask tighter on the face and squeeze little faster.

 Clear any mucus from the throat every 3-4 minutes.

 Continue resuscitation until the victim breathes on his/her own.

Fire Axe A fire axe is a type of axe which has been designed specifically for the use of fire-fighters, and it includes several features which makes it ideally suitable to mitigate emergency services.

318

EIA Report

Helmet A helmet with face shield is a form of protective gear worn on head to protect head and face from hazards such as flying objects and chemical splashes or potentially infectious fluid.

Fire Suit Fire suit is a protective clothing designed to protect a firefighter from high temperatures, especially near fires of extreme temperature

Manila rope Manila rope is very durable, salt water and damage resistant, flexible fiber which shall be used to access at height/Confined space during emergency

Smoke escape mask Smoke masks assist people in safe egress from fire emergencies. It will provide respiratory protection from particulate matter, carbon monoxide, and other toxic gases commonly produced by structural fires. Canvas Stretcher A stretcher is a medical device used to carry injured or an incapacitated person from one place to another during emergency. Compressed Air Pack An emergency air supply which will provide a sufficient quantity of air to allow a worker to exit oxygen depleted or contaminated area. Powered Air purifying respirator

Powered Air Purifying Respirator (PAPR) is a device equipped with a face piece, hood or helmet, breathing tube, canister, cartridge, filter, canister with filter or cartridge with filter and a powered

319

EIA Report blower. PAPR utilizes a powered mechanism to move ambient air through an air-purifying element(s) to remove contaminants from the ambient air. Safety torch Compact and simple to use, this torch is designed for use in emergency situations or wherever the need arises for a handheld safety torch.

9.7.4 Occupational Health Monitoring

Medical Surveillance Program: Medical surveillance program is essential to assess and monitor employees' health and fitness both prior to employment and during the course of work; to determine fitness for duty and to provide emergency and other treatment as needed. Effectiveness of a medical program depends on active involvement of employees. M/s IOCL medical surveillance program will include the following major elements;

1. Developing a OH-IH Medical Surveillance Program. 2. Pre-Employment Examination and Periodic Medical Examinations 3. Determination of Fitness for Duty. 4. Communications. 5. Emergency Medical Treatment. 6. Medical Records. Pre-Employment Screening / Examinations - All employees will be subjected to pre- placement medical examinations to determine their fitness for the jobs on site. Potential exposures to the work environment will be considered before placing an employee on the job.

Periodic Medical Examinations - Periodic medical examination is the same as the pre-employment screening and may be modified according to current conditions, such as changes in the employee's symptoms, site hazards or exposures. Comparison of sequential medical reports with baseline data is essential to determine biologic trends

320

EIA Report that may mark early signs of adverse health effects, and thereby facilitate appropriate protective measures. The frequency and content of examinations are normally one year. Apart from this for workers working in Hazardous area, medical examination is conducted by Doctor Authorized by Factory Inspectorate.

9.8 Environmental Management Cell

A separate environment management cell, HSE dept consisting of qualified engineers is in place which monitors all aspects of environmental impacts being caused due to process units at IOCL Dumad.

9.9 Corporate Environmental Policy

The safety policy of the IOTL and LPG terminal are given as Figure 9-1.

321

EIA Report

Contd..

322

EIA Report

Contd..

323

EIA Report

Figure 9-1 Copy of EHS Policy

324

EIA Report

9.10 Budgetary Provision for Environmental Management Plan

Total Capital cost for environmental pollution control measures is estimated to be Rs ~85.185 Crore.

S. No. Description Cost, in Rs. (Lakhs) Capital Recuring 1. Installation of ETP at Dumad 7700 500 2. Continuous online monitoring of stack emissions 150 15 3. Manual stack and ambient air monitoring (annual cost) 3.5 - 4. Continuous online monitoring of ambient air 100 10 5. Green belt development 90 9 6. Low NOx Burners 50 5 7. Other Environment monitoring like Ground water, soil, 5 - LDAR etc (annual cost) 8. Environment audit (annual cost) 10 - 9. Quality control lab setup 400 40 10. Effluent quality monitoring (annual cost) 10 - Total 8518.5 579

9.11 Corporate Social Responsibility

CSR activities shall be carried out as per corporation’s CSR policy. Existing activities for the Period 2015-2018 enclosed as Annexure 18.

325

EIA Report

CHAPTER 10 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

326

EIA Report

10 ENVIRONMENTAL COMPLIANCE

10.1 Applicability of Environmental Clearance

List of latest Existing Environmental Clearance obtained by MoEF & CC:

 EC obtained vide: J-11011/8/2001-IA.II(I) Dated 30 April, 2001.  EC Amendment obtained vide: J-11011/8/2001-IA.II(I) Dated: 20th July, 2017

EC compliance of both IOTL and LPG terminal was submitted to Regional Office, MoEF at Bhopal. Site visit by MoEF officials done on 31/05/2018 and the compliance of EC recommendations were certified. Certified copy is enclosed in Annexure 20.

10.2 Consent for Existing Operation

The existing LPG Terminal is under operation with GPCB consent obtained vide: AWH 68449, valid up to 18/11/2019 & PESO license obtained vide S/HO/GJ/03/498(S2126), Valid up to 31 March 2019.

The existing IOTL White Oil Terminal is under operation with GPCB consent obtained vide: AWH 65930, valid up to 02/09/2019 & PESO license obtained vide P/WC/GJ/15/2323(P-12298) (PESO) Valid Upto: - 31/12/2020.

327

EIA Report

CHAPTER 11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

328

EIA Report

11 Summary and conclusion

IOTL Terminal occupies approximately 48 Acres of 434 Acres land. The existing terminal obtained EC in 2001 from MoEF vide: J-11011/8/2001-IA-II (I). The facility comprises of storage tanks for 5 No Gasoline Tanks, 4 No Diesel tanks, 3 No Kerosene Tank, 3 No Ethanol Tanks. The nearest railway station is Pilol 1.4 km towards NNE.The existing plant is under operation with GPCB consent obtained vide: AWH 65930, valid up to 02/09/2019& PESO license obtained vide P/WC/GJ/15/2323(P-12298) (PESO) Valid Up to: - 31/12/2020.

329

EIA Report

Proposed Facilities

For KAHSPL & TTL project the following are proposed

a. Existing 18” dia Underground line in Koyali – Dumad ROW for HSD pipeline transfer (PLT) from JR & tanks at Dumad b. Existing 10” dia & 14” dia underground line in Koyali-Dumad ROW for MS and SKO PLT from JR and tanks at Dumad c. Proposed new 12” dia underground line in Koyali-Dumad ROW for ATF PLT from JR and tanks at Dumad d. Proposed new 12” dia underground line in Koyali-Dumad ROW for PCK PLT from JR and Tanks at Dumad e. Proposed new 12” dia underground line in Koyali-Dumad ROW for pumping of fresh water from JR to Dumad f. New 10” dia & 6” dia LMW & HMW underground line from JR to Dumad in existing Koyali-Dumad ROW g. Provision of circulation pumps, compressors, Fire and safety systems and miscellaneous facilities at Dumad h. Cross Country Pipelines i. Pipeline terminal with Booster and mainline pumping station j. 6 Bay Tank Truck Loading Facilities for LMW and HMW and Utilities etc. k. Fire Station Proposed Facilities for Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project The Major facilities proposed are AA unit and BA Unit. The schematic diagram of the proposed project is shown below of which BA & AA units will be located at Dumad and Oxo and Syn gas in existing refinery at JR.

330

EIA Report

Piping Corridor The following streams are needed to be transferred through new pipelines Note: During Public hearing it was proposed for LPG, Propylene and Raw water. How ever, after the detailed engineering the following are proposed.  Normal Butanol  Iso-Butanol  Propylene  Raw Water

Land Requirement

Land details are given in Table-1. Table-1 Land details Existing Land Proposed Total Percent Site Name (Acres) (Acres) Acres (%) LPG Terminal 62 -- 62 14.28 IOTL Terminal 48 -- 48 11.06 Proposed KAHSPL & TTL -- 79.8 79.8 18.39 Proposed Oxo/ Acrylics -- 70 70 16.13 Project Green Belt 33 111 144 33.18 Vacant Land 291 -260.8 30.2 6.96

331

EIA Report

Total Area Available at 434 434 100 Dumad Facility

Water Requirement

Total water requirement of the existing facility is 24 KLD of which LPG terminal requires 19 KLD and IOTL white oil terminal requires 5 KLD.

The total fresh water requirement for the proposed project is ~373 KLPH (say ~1.97 MGD) of which 1.67 MGD of raw water is required for operation of Oxo-Alcohol Project, 0.3MGD is used for KAHSPL and TTL project.

Wastewater Generation

One Nos combined ETP (CETP) of 190 KLPH and Oil Waste Separator of 150 KLPH is proposed. The amount of wastewater/ Industrial Effluent generated and to be treated is ~125 KLPH.

Power & Fuel Requirement

The power requirement for the existing facility is met from JR. For proposed project the power requirement will be 27 MW to be sourced from Grid. Power and fuel requirement details are given in Table -2.

332

EIA Report

Table-2 Power and Fuel Requirement

Capacity Details Existing Source Proposed Total (LPG+IOTL) GRID Existing power

Power requirement is 27 MW 27 MW Adequacy of availability of GRID Requirement met by Gujarat based power enclosed as Refinery Annexure 25 Imported LNG will be supplied to Dumad through extension of Fuel -LNG 5825 5825 - Dahej-Koyali pipeline being laid Nm3/Hr. Nm3/Hr. by IndianOil designed for 19155 Nm3/hr supply 40 LPH 40 LPH 40 LPH (IOTL) (IOTL) (IOTL) + + + Diesel Gujarat Refinery 750 LPM (LPG 750 LPM 750 LPM Terminal) (LPG (LPG Terminal) Terminal)

Manpower

Table-3 During Construction Phase S. No. Terminal Proposed 1 Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Terminal ~1000 2 KAhSPL & TTL ~700 Total ~1700

333

EIA Report

Table-4 During Operation Phase S. Existing Proposed Total Terminal No. Permanent Contract Security Permanent Contract 1 LPG 46 76 39 -- -- 161 2 IOTL 26 80 -- -- 106 3 Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol 125 350 Terminal and ------+ + 580 KAhSPL & 55 50 TTL Grand Total 847

Solid Waste

During Construction Phase During construction phase ~3 TPD of solid waste is envisaged. It will be the scope of the contractor to collect and dispose the solid waste generated during construction phase as per construction and demolision rules 2016.

During Operation Phase

During Operation Phase Total of 407.25 Kg/day of solid waste is generated of which 162.9 kg/Day of organic waste will be composted and remaining Inorganic waste will be disposed through authorized vendors. Solid waste generation details for existing and proposed are given in Table-5. Hazardous waste generation details for existing and proposed are given in Table-6.

Table-5 Solid waste generation details for existing and proposed. Existing (Kg/day) Proposed (Kg/day) S. Total List of Items LPG Terminal & Oxy Acrylics, No (kg/Day) White Oil Terminal KAHSPL & TTL 1 Organic waste 49.14 113.76 162.9 2 Inorganic waste 73.71 170.64 244.35 Total 122.85 284.4 407.25 As per CPCB 0.45 kg/ capita/ day

334

EIA Report

Hazardous waste Management

Table-6 Hazardous waste generation details for existing and proposed.

S. Waste Existing Proposed Remarks No Categor Oxo/ List of LPG y White Oil Acrylics, Items Termina Terminal KAhSPL l & TTL Tank Sent to Authorized 1 Bottom 3.3 0.5 TPA 40 TPA 3 TPA Vendors. Sludge CHWIF Site Spend Oil Sent to Authorized 2 5.1 1.98 0.15 0.15 (KLPA) Vendors. Discarded 400 Collection storage and 0.5 3 Drums/ 33.3 Nos./Yea -- decontamination within MTPM Container r Facility Sent to Authorized Vendors. Paints and 0.14 4 21.1 -- -- (M/s. Recycling Coating T/Month Solutions Pvt. Ltd. (RSPL), Panoli The net sludge production is 4TPD (moisture content 70%) and net Salt production is 2 TPD (moisture content 10%). Sludge shall be largely composed of Calcium Total Salt Carbonate and from ZLD Magnesium Hydroxide 5 35.3 -- -- 4.05 MEE and a small amount of (TPD) settled suspended solids and Copper Hydroxide. The moisture content ranges between 70% to 75%. Salts shall majorly consist of Sodium and Potassium Salts of Sulphates,

335

EIA Report

Chlorides and Nitrates. The moisture content ranges between10% to 15%. Sent to Authorized Vendors. ETP Sent to Authorized 6 35.3 -- -- 0.8 Sludge Vendors. Spent Disposal as per GPCB/ 7 1.6 -- -- 50 Catalyst CPCB norms Oxidation 140 MT/ 5 Sent to authorized 8 1.6 -- -- Catalyst Yrs vendors for landfill CCU 4.8KL/ 3 Sent to authorized 9 1.6 -- -- Catalyst Yrs vendors for landfill

Project cost

The estimated cost for the proposed projects is given in Table-7.

Table-7 The estimated cost for the proposed projects.

S. No. Proposed Project Project Cost (Crores) 1 Oxo/Acrylics project 3517 2 KAHSPL project 906 3 TTL Facilities 131 Total 4554

Baseline Study

Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality has been monitored at 8 locations for 12 parameters including 12 parameters as per NAAQS, 2009 within the study area. The baseline levels of

PM10(48.2 - 92.4 µg/m³), PM2.5 (15.3 - 51.8µg/m³), SO2 (7.4-17.4 µg/m³), NO2 (14.4-44.9 µg/m³), CO (0.08—0.41 mg/m3), all the parameters are well within the National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Industrial, Commercial and Residential areas at all monitoring locations during the study period from November 2107 to January 2018.

336

EIA Report

Noise Environment

It is observed that the day equivalent and night equivalent noise levels at all locations are within prescribed CPCB standards  In industrial areas day time noise levels was about 62.1 dB(A) to 65.2 dB(A) and 51.1 dB(A) to 52.8 dB(A) during night time, which is within prescribed limit by MoEF&CC (75 dB(A) Day time & 70 dB(A) Night time).  In residential areas day time noise levels varied from 56.1 dB(A) to 58.4 dB(A) and night time noise levels varied from 44.1 dB(A) to 49.1 dB(A) across the sampling stations. The field observations during the study period indicate that the ambient noise levels in Residential area are within prescribed the limit prescribed by MoEF&CC (55 dB(A) Day time & 45 dB(A) Night time)

Water Environment

Surface water quality

The summary of surface water quality monitored at 8 locations is summarized below

Ground Water Quality

A summary of analytical results ground water quality monitored at 8 locations are presented below:

 The ground water results of the study area indicate that the average pH ranges are varied between 6.91-8.14

337

EIA Report

 The Total Dissolved Solids ranges is varied between 625 mg/l – 1933 mg/l for the ground water and for few samples it exceeds the permissible limits of IS 10500: 2012.  The desirable limit of the chloride content is 250mg/l and permissible limit is 1000 mg/l. The chloride content in the ground water for study area is ranges between 105 mg/l – 612 mg/l. Some samples are exceeding the permissible limit.  The desirable limit of the sulphate content is 200mg/l and permissible limit is 400mg/l. the sulphate content of the ground water of the study area is varied between 38.7 mg/l – 318 mg/l and some samples are not meeting the desirable limit of the IS 10500: 2012.  The Total hardness ranges is between 170 mg/l – 778 mg/l. for ground water and for few samples it exceeds the permissible limit of the IS 10500: 2012.

Soil Environment

Summary of analytical results of soil quality monitored at 8 locations are presented below:

Biological Environment

338

EIA Report moderately rich in vegetation. The review of the study area indicated that 174 floral species have been identified within the vicinity of the project site (refer Table 3-20 of EIA report).

Socio Economic Environment

 Demographic structure  Infrastructure Facility  Economic Status  Health status  Cultural attributes

Awareness and opinion of people about the project and Industries in the area.

339

EIA Report

Anticipated Environmental Impacts

d. Water Environment

The total water requirement is 568 KLPH (considering the requirement of integrated project at Dumad). Raw water storage pond of total 10 days’ storage of water was considered for sizing the pond. Raw water treatment facilities include: chemical dosing system, multi grade filter, activated carbon filter and Reverse Osmosis plant.

Total 125 KLD of effluent of is anticipated and will be treated in dedicated proposed combined ETP of 190 KLPH and oil waste separator of 150 KLPH. Treated water will be passed through RO and Permeate is used for Cooling tower.

e. Air Environment

Adequate measures will be taken to control Air Pollution through installation of low NOx burners and by providing adequate stack height. Following will be measured through installation of online analysers to measure SOx, NOx, CO, Hydrocarbons and Particulate Matter. Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions are given in Table-8.

Table-8: Total Maximum GLCs from the proposed Stack Emissions

predicted Conc. Max Base at source Total NAAQ % Increment in Pollutant Line Conc. (Uncontrolled Conc. standar Concentration (µg/m3) Emissions) (µg/m3) d Levels (µg/m3) PM10 92.4 1.44 93.84 100 1.56 SO2 41.5 4.19 45.69 80 10.10 NOx 44.9 7.65 52.55 80 17.04

It was observed that the maximum incremental concentration observed due to proposed

3 3 3 expansion for PM, SO2 and NOx are 1.44 µg/m , 4.19 µg/m and 7.65 µg/m . So it can be concluded that even after the expansion of the plant the impact envisaged is minimum. Vehicular emissions also considered for air quality modelling since the number of vehicles increased is marginal per day and no major impact envisaged on Air environment.

340

EIA Report

f. Noise Environment

All equipment in the plant produce 40 to 55 dB(A) after control measures and equipment are designed/operated to have a noise level not exceeding 85 to 90 dB(A) as per the requirement of Occupational Health and Safety Administration Standard (OHSAS). In addition, since most of the noise generating equipment would be in closed structures, the noise transmitted outside would be still lower and for any other case of higher noise sufficient safety ear plugs and ear muffs will be provided to the employees.

g. Land Use

The proposed expansion is within the existing IOCl Dumad complex and the proposed activity doesn’t change the land use classification of the site.

Environmental Monitoring Program A monitoring schedule with respect to AAQ, Water, Wastewater quality, Noise Quality as per CPCB/MoEF&CC/GPCB shall be maintained.

Pollution Control Measures Adequate stack height will be provided. Low NOx burners will be provided for LNG boiler.

Municipal solid waste will be composted within the facility and used as manure for green belt.

The Industrial effluent generated and sewage will be treated in inhouse combined ETP and treated water will be recycled back into the system.

The proposed wastewater treatment system will be a Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). Hence, there will be no discharge to land environment.

Greenbelt Development

Project site is an existing unit with shrubs and small trees. There will be clearance of land envisaged for proposed projects. Existing Green belt is over a stretch of 36 Acres

341

EIA Report with approx 25000-30000 trees and adequate measures will be taken to maintain the greenbelt of 111 Acres for the proposed expansion. The lists of species suggested for green belt is given in Table 9-2. Green belt development scheme is given in Table 9-3. 68250 numbers of trees will be planted in the span of 5 yrs and 90 lakhs will be spent towards development of green belt.

342

EIA Report

CHAPTER 12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

343

EIA Report

12 Disclosure of Consultants

In order to assess the potential environmental impacts due to the proposed Acrylics/ Oxo Alcohol Project, Creation of necessary facility for origination of Koyali – Ahmednagar – Sholapur pipeline (KAHSPL) & installation of Tank Truck Loading facility (TTL) for linear Alkyl Benzene and laying of 9 Piggable, dedicated hydrocarbon service cross country pipelines (Including LPG supply and return) between refinery and Dumad in the existing Right of Way (ROW), M/s IOCL, JR has engaged Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited, Chennai to undertake EIA study. The nature of consultancy service rendered covers terrestrial environmental assessment.

12.1 Brief Profile of Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Limited (HECS)

Enviro Care Systems was started in the year of 1997 by Dr. J.R. Moses with the vision to serve the world in all environmental related problems by completing the latest technological advancements available.

In the year 2004, Enviro Care Systems became Hubert Enviro Care Systems (P) Ltd after having collaboration with Hubert Stavoren B.V. for higher Technology.

The company provides total pollution control solutions to several industries like Thermal Power Plant, Pharma, R&D Facilities, Electroplating and Manufacturing, IT Parks, Residential Complexes, Dairies, Food Processing, Textile mills, Breweries, etc.

The company is specialized in executing projects right from concept development, supply, erection, commissioning and operation on turnkey basis. HECS has successfully executed more than 200 environmental engineering projects for various industrial sectors both in India and overseas. HECS has state-of-art facilities to provide quality environmental consultancy and engineering solutions.

344

EIA Report

Strengths of HECS

Number of Employees as on April 2019 Total No of Employees 736 Consultancy 26 Laboratory 77 Projects 19 Operation & Maintenance 614

12.2 Quality Policy of HECS

345

EIA Report

12.3 QCI-NABET - EIA Accreditation

Consultancy Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd., Chennai NABET Certificate No & NABET/ EIA/ 1619/ RA0083 Valid up to Date of validity 13/10/2019 MoEF Reg. Lab F.No. Q-15018/13/2016-CPW

346

EIA Report

12.4 Copy of QCI NABET Accreditation

Further details may be seen on the following URL: www.hecs.in

347

EIA Report

HUBERT ENVIRO CARE SYSTEMS (P) LIMITED A-21, III-Phase, Behind Lions Club School, Thiru vi ka Industrial Estate, Guindy, Chennai – 600 032 Ph: +91-44-43635555; Fax: +91-44-43635500

348